2013 Faculty of Dentistry

NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2013. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. The Higher Education Qualifications Framework (HEQF), as gazetted on 5 October 2007 is currently being phased in at the University. The alignment of all existing programmes with the HEQF is a project that is envisaged to take until 2015 at the earliest to complete. Due to this certain information in this calendar may not be in line with the HEQF.

CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 2 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ..................................................... 4 THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY & WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION (WHO) COLLABORATING CENTRE FOR ORAL HEALTH .......................................................... 4 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF ....................................................................... 5 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ............................................................................................. 6 RULES FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES ........................................................................ 12 Bachelor of Dental Science - BChD (5101) ....................................................................................... 12 Bachelor of Oral Health - BOH (5211) ............................................................................................. 19 RULES FOR POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES ............................................................................ 25 Postgraduate Diploma in Dentistry – PDD (5309) ............................................................................. 25 Postgraduate Diploma in Sedation and Pain Control - (5331) ............................................................ 27 Master of Science (Thesis) – MSc (5800) .......................................................................................... 28 Master of Science (Structured) – MSc (5801) .................................................................................... 29 Master of Dental Surgery - MChD (5811).......................................................................................... 35 Doctor of Philosophy – PhD (5901) .................................................................................................. 40 Doctor of Science In Odontology – DSc (Odont) (5911) ................................................................... 41 UNDERGRADUATE MODULE DESCRIPTORS .............................................................................. 43 BChD I ............................................................................................................................................... 43 BChD II.............................................................................................................................................. 52 BChD III ............................................................................................................................................ 63 BChD IV ............................................................................................................................................ 78 BChD V ............................................................................................................................................. 93 BOH I................................................................................................................................................. 99 BOH II ............................................................................................................................................. 111 BOH III ............................................................................................................................................ 125 BChD I (Foundation Modules) ......................................................................................................... 133 POSTGRADUATE MODULE DESCRIPTORS ................................................................................ 140 Postgraduate Diplomas in Dentistry ................................................................................................. 140 Master of Science (Structured)......................................................................................................... 158 Master of Science (Thesis) ............................................................................................................... 205 Master of Dental Surgery ................................................................................................................. 206 Doctor of Philosophy ....................................................................................................................... 258 1

GENERAL INFORMATION
CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Ms Joline Savill Faculty Manager Faculty of Dentistry The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 937 3159 Fax: +27 (0)21 931 2287 Email: jsavill@uwc.ac.za CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard UWC Call Centre General Fax Tygerberg Hospital Switchboard: Tygerberg Hospital Fax: Mitchell‟s Plain Switchboard: Mitchell‟s Plain Fax: +27 (0)21 959 2911 +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 +27 (0)21 959 3126 +27 (0)21 937 3000 +27 (0)21 931 2287 +27 (0)21 370 4400 +27 (0)21 392 3250

THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3114

2

CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 Part 2 Part 3 General Information Faculty of Science Faculty of Arts (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Economics and Management Sciences (a) Undergraduate (b) Postgraduate Faculty of Education Faculty of Dentistry Faculty of Law Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Schedule of Fees

Part 4

Part 5 Part 6 Part 7 Part 8 Part 9

A separate publication containing the Faculty‟s teaching and examination time-tables is obtainable from the Faculty Office. LOCATION The University of the Western Cape‟s (UWC) Faculty of Dentistry is located over three campuses and training is undertaken on the Oral Health Provincial Teaching Platform, which includes Groote Schuur and Red Cross Children‟s Hospital. Main Campus The main campus is situated in Bellville in the Western Cape province of South Africa. Bellville is part of the city of Tygerberg, one of six municipal regions that form part of the broader Cape Metropolitan Council. It is 30 minutes‟ drive from Cape Town, the country‟s parliamentary capital, and one of the world‟s most beautiful and scenic cities. Mitchells Plain Campus The Mitchells Plain Campus is situated approximately 20 kilometers from the main campus, in the residential suburb of Mitchells Plain. The university owns two and a half floors of the Medical Centre in the heart of Mitchells Plain Town Centre. Tygerberg Campus The Tygerberg Campus is situated in Parow Valley. It is 25 kilometers from the Cape Town city center and approximately 8 kilometers from the UWC main campus. The office of the Dean is located here.

3

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY
DEGREES Bachelor of Dental Science Bachelor of Oral Health Master of Dental Science Master of Dental Surgery Doctor of Philosophy Doctor of Science in Odontology BChD BOH MSc (Dent) MChD PhD DSc (Odont)

DIPLOMAS Postgraduate Diploma in Dentistry Postgraduate Diploma in Pain and Sedation Control (PDD)

THE FACULTY OF DENTI STRY & WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION (WHO) COLLABORATING CENTRE FOR ORAL HEAL TH
The Faculty of Dentistry is a world-class oral health centre committed to the promotion of oral health through the excellence of its learning, service and research. A product of the transformation process in South Africa, this Faculty is firmly rooted in the struggle for the social, political and economic well being of the South African community. The Faculty plays a prominent role in the advancement of oral health in South Africa and Africa in association with the WHO, by engaging with the broader social, political and economic determinants of oral health, and through the training of well-rounded professionals with a holistic understanding of development, health and oral health care. The ethos of the Faculty is one that actively promotes participation, democracy, equity, transparency, innovation, good governance and a deep respect for the rights and well-being of all.

4

FACULTY BOARD AND FAC ULTY OFFICE STAFF
The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rectors (ex officio) Profs Osman YI (Dean), Geerts GAVM, Grobler, SR, Harris AMP, Hille JJ, Joubert J, Kariem G, Louw AJ, McMillan W, Morkel JA, Mugabo, P, Myburgh, NG, Naidoo S (Deputy Dean – Postgraduate Studies and Research), Parker ME (Deputy Dean – Academic Affairs), Shaikh A, Stephen LXG, Swart R, Wilson VJ; Drs Adam RZ, Afrogheh A, Allie A, Ahmed R, Ahmed S, Barrie RB Basson NJ, Behardien N, Bredenkamp S, Carstens HA (Deputy Dean – Clinical), Chetty M, Cloete C, Cupido J, De la Harpe CJ, Dhaya D, Dyason A, Fakir E, Fortuin A, Grundlingh A, Hein G, Holmes H, Hudson APG, Jeftha A, Karjiker F, Khan SB, Kutumela SD, Levendal A, Maart R, MacKriel EA, Masungini R, Mahomed Peerbhay FB, Mdlalose L, Mkhize MV, Mohamed A, Mohamed N, Molatjana E, Mpungose S, Mugabu P, Naidoo, A Ngcwama Y, Norval EJ, Oosthuizen DR, Padayachee S, Patel NM, Peck MT, Peerbhay F, Ramphoma KJ, Roberts T, Saayman CM, Singh A, Smit D, Stander S, Stuhlinger M, Theunissen ETL,Van der Merwe AG, Van der Westhuizen AJ, Yasin-Harnekar S; Mmes Brijlal P, Cader R, Crombie K, Gordon N, Potgieter E, Rayner C, Savill JT, Viljoen K; Mr Taft D; one representative each from the Faculties of Community and Health Sciences, Science and Arts of UWC, two student representatives and one administrative representative and one representative from the Western Cape Branch of the South African Dental Association.

FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean: Prof YI Osman, BChD (Western Cape), MChD (Western Cape), BBA (Hons), MBA (Stellenbosch), PGD HM (Cape Town) Prof ME Parker, BChD (Western Cape), MDent Rad (London) Dr HA Carstens, BScHons, BChD (Stellenbosch), DTVG (Pretoria), BPAHons, MPA (Stellenbosch) Prof S Naidoo, BDS (London), LDS RCS (Eng), MDPH (London), DDPH RCS (Eng), MChD (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch), PG Dip Int Research Ethics (Cape Town) Ms JT Savill, BA, MPA (Western Cape) Ms EZ Voigt Ms Z Smith Ms N Benjamin Ms B Bingwa Mr S Cozyn Ms A Begg, National Diploma: Management (CPUT) Ms B Carstens, Secretarial Diploma (CompuTeach) Ms H Lubbe, Secretarial Certificate (Tygerberg Technical College) Ms I Van Der Rheede

Deputy Dean (Academic and Student Affairs): Deputy Dean (Clinical): Deputy Dean (P/G Studies & Research):

Faculty Manager: Dean’s Secretary: Faculty Officer: Administrative Officers:

Administrative Officer/Finance Secretaries:

5

LECTURING AND TECHNI CAL STAFF
COMMUNITY ORAL HEALTH Cluster Head: Secretary: Professor/Chief Specialist: Associate Professor/Principal Specialist: Associate Professor/Senior Specialist: Senior Professor/Principal Specialist: AJ Louw, BChD (Pretoria), BScMedSciHons (Stellenbosch), MChD (Pretoria) S Graham Vacant AJ Louw, BChD (Pretoria), BScMedSciHons (Stellenbosch), MChD (Pretoria) NG Myburgh, BDS (Rand), MChD (Western Cape) S Naidoo, BDS (London), LDS RCS (Eng), MDPH (London), DDPH RCS (Eng), MChD (Western Cape), PhD (Stellenbosch), PGDip Int Research Ethics (Cape Town) RB Barrie, BChDHons, MChD, MPA (Stellenbosch) K Simpson, BChD (Western Cape) D Smit, BChD (Western Cape) KJ Ramphoma, BChD (Western Cape)

Senior Lecturer/Principal Specialist: Part –time Lecturer: Registrars:

DIAGNOSTIC SCIENCES Cluster Head: Deputy Head: Secretaries: LXG Stephen, BChD Western Cape, PhD (Cape Town) Vacant J Botha U Prins

DIAGNOSTICS AND RADIOLOGY Professor/Chief Stomatologist: Emeritus Professor: Extra-ordinary Professor: ME Parker, BChD Western Cape, MSc (Dent Rad) (London) CJ Nortjé, BChD (Pretoria), PhD (Stellenbosch), DipABOMFR (USA), DSc (Odont) (Pretoria) L Janse van Rensburg, MBChB (Witwatersrand), DA, MFGP (College of Medicine), MFam Med (Free State), MMed (Stellenbosch), DSc (Western Cape) EJ Norval, BSc (RAU), BSc (Hons), BChD (Pretoria), MChD (Stellenbosch) HA Carstens, BSc (Hons), BChD (Stellenbosch), DTVG (Pretoria), BPA (Hons), MPA (Stellenbosch) K Crombie, National Dip Diagnostic Radiography, HDE (South Africa), MSc Dent (Western Cape) Z Yacoob, BChD, PDD (Western Cape) W Fransman, Nat Dip Lab Anim Technol (Tech SA)

Senior Lecturers/Senior Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Principal Stomatologist: Lecturer/Chief Radiographer: Part –time Lecturer: Assistant Technical Officer:

MAXILLOFACIAL AND ORAL PATHOLOGY & FORENSIC SCIENCES Professor/Chief Specialist: Part-time Professor: JJ Hille, DDS (Neth), MDent (Witwatersrand), FC Path (SA) VM Phillips, BDS (Witwatersrand), MChD (Stellenbosch), FC Path (SA Oral Path, Dip Maxillo-Facial Radiol (Stellenbosch), PhD (Western Cape) T Roberts BChD (Western Cape), MChD (Western Cape) A Afrogheh, BChD, MChD (Western Cape)

Senior Lecturer /Specialist: Lecturer / Specialist:

6

ORAL BIOLOGY Senior Lecturer: M Chetty, BChD, MChD (Western Cape)

ORAL MEDICINE AND PERIODONTOLOGY Professor/Chief Stomatologist: Associate Professor: Senior Lecturer/ Principal Specialist: Lecturer/ Senior Dentist: Part-time Emeritus Professors: LXG Stephen, BChD (Western Cape), PhD (Cape Town) Vacant Vacant D Dhaya, BChD (Western Cape) WP Dreyer, BDS, HDipDent (Witwatersrand), PhD (Stellenbosch) PH Beighton, MB.BS, MRCS.LRCP, MD (London), PhD (Wits), FRCP (Edinburgh), FRCP (London), FRCPCH (UK), MPhil (Lancaster) HK Holmes, BChD, MSc (Dent), MChD (Western Cape) A Jeftha, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) MT Peck, BChD (Western Cape), MSc (Dent) (Western Cape) MChD (Western Cape) E Dhaya, Dipl OH (Western Cape), Dipl Health Education in Developing Countries (Leeds) S Simons, Dipl OH (Western Cape) A Allie, BChD (Western Cape) S Padayachee, BDS (Witwatersrand) S Stander, BChD (Western Cape) E Molatjana, BDS (Medunsa)

Senior Lecturers / Specialists:

Oral Hygienists:

Registrars:

MAXILLO-FACIAL & ORAL SURGERY AND ANAESTHESIOLOGY & SEDATION Head (Academic): Head (Clinical): Secretary: Anaesthesiology and Sedation Senior Lecturer/Principal Specialist: Part-time Professor/Chief Specialist: Medical Officer: Maxillofacial and Oral Surgery Associate Professor/Principal Specialist: Associate Professor/Chief Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Senior Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Senior Specialist: Lecturer/Senior Stomatologist: Senior Lecturer/Principal Dentist: Lecturer/Dentist: Part-time Lecturers/Specialists: G Kariem, BChD (Western Cape), MChD (Stellenbosch) JA Morkel, BChD, MBChB, MChD (Stellenbosch) GJ Hein, BSc, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) AJ van der Westhuizen, BChD, MChD (Stellenbosch), FFD (SA) (MFOS), FDS, RCS (Eng) Vacant Vacant N Behardien, BChD, MSc (Dent) (Western Cape) B Berezowski, BDS, MDent (Witwatersrand), FFD RCS (Eng) S Singh, BSc (Natal), BChD, MChD (Western Cape), FCMFOs (SA) M Ostrofsky, BDS, MDent (Witwatersrand) S Aniruth BChD, MChD (Western Cape) S Otto, BSc, BChD (Stellenbosch), MChD (Western Cape), FCMFOS (SA) E Parker, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) 7 Vacant JA Roelofse, MBChB, MMed, PhD (Stellenbosch) AC van der Merwe, MBChB (Pretoria), DA (SA) JA Morkel, BChD, MBChB, MChD (Stellenbosch) G Kariem, BChD (Western Cape), MChD (Stellenbosch) J de Wet

Registrars:

Part-Time Dentist:

Part-Time Medical Officer:

Part-Time Oral Hygienist: ORAL HYGIENE Cluster Head: Secretary: Senior Lecturer/Control Hygienist: Lecturers / Chief Hygienists:

E Fakir, BChD (Western Cape) A Mohamed, BChD (Western Cape) Y Ngcwama, BChD (Western Cape) L Mdlalose, BChD (Western Cape) M Meyer, BChD, HonsBScDent Sci (Stellenbosch) N Mahomed, BDS (Witwatersrand) T Cheung BChD, PDD (Western Cape) W Daniels, BChD (Western Cape) Y Karjiker, BChD (Western Cape) S Lewis, BChD, PDD (Western Cape) M Persens, BChD (Western Cape) M Visser, BChD (Western Cape) I Da Silveira, Dental Surgery (Fed Univ Para-Brazil) P Loots, MBChB (Stellenbosch) C de Jager, MBChB (Stellenbosch) S McQueen, MBChB (Stellenbosch) A Davids, Dipl OH (Western Cape)

Lecturers: Part-time Lecturers:

P Brijlal, BOH (Durban Westville), MSc Dent (Western Cape) E Luckhoff E Potgieter, BScHons, HED, Dipl OH (Stellenbosch) N Gordon, Dipl OH (Western Cape), BA (South Africa), MPH (Maastrict), Dipl Adult Education (Western Cape) C Rayner, Dipl OH, BA, BA (Hons), MA (Western Cape) K Viljoen, Dipl OH (Stellenbosch), BA, NDTO (South Africa) P Brijlal, BOH (Durban Westville), MSc Dent (Western Cape) R Cader, BOH (Western Cape) J Louw, BChD (Stellenbosch) F Kootbodien, DipOH (Western Cape), BA Psych (South Africa)

ORTHODONTICS AND PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY Cluster Head: Head (Paediatric Dentistry): Secretary: AMP Harris, BChD, MChD, Hons BSc Med Sc (Stellenbosch), DTE (South Africa), FFD (SA) Ortho, PhD (Western Cape) N Mohamed, BChD, BScDentSciHons, MSc (Dent) (Stellenbosch) RR November, National Higher Secretarial Certificate (Cape Peninsula UT)

Orthodontics Professor/Chief Specialist: Associate Professor/Senior Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Specialist: Lecturer/Specialist: Lecturer/Principal Dentist: Part-time Specialist: Registrars: AMP Harris, BChD, MChD, Hons BSc Med Sc (Stellenbosch), DTE (South Africa), FFD (SA) Ortho, PhD (Western Cape) AB Shaikh, BChD, MSc (Dent), MChD (Western Cape) ETL Theunissen, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) DR Oosthuizen, BChD, DGG (Stellenbosch), MChD (Western Cape) APG Hudson, BChD, BScDentScHons (Stellenbosch), MSc Dent (Western Cape) I Amra, BDS (Witwatersrand), MSc (Dent), MChD (Western Cape) EA MacKriel, BChD (Western Cape) MV Mkhize, BChD (Western Cape) 8

SDJ Kutumela, BDS (Medunsa) VG Dubula, BChD, PDD (Western Cape) Paediatric Dentistry Emeritus Professor: Lecturer/ Principal Dentists: MH Moola, BDS (Univ Bombay), LDSRCS (Edin), DDPHRCS (Eng), MSc (London) S Yasin-Harneker, BChD, MSc (Dent) (Western Cape) FB Mahomed Peerbhay, BSc (Kwazulu Natal), BChD (Western Cape), Dipl Paediatric Dentistry (Stellenbosch), MSc (Dent) (Western Cape) N Mohamed, BChD, BScDentSciHons, MSc (Dent) (Stellenbosch) A Naidoo, BChD, PDD (Western Cape)

Lecturer/Senior Dentist: Part-time Lecturer: RESTORATIVE DENTISTRY Cluster Head: Deputy Head: Secretaries:

VJ Wilson, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) NM Patel, BDS (Mangalore), MChD, PDD (Western Cape) Y Erasmus, BA (Western Cape) C Mguga, Office Man & Techn Dip (Cape Peninsula UT)

CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY Professor/Chief Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Principal Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Principal Stomatologist: Senior Lecturer/Principal Dentist: Senior Lecturer/Senior Stomatologist: Senior Lecturer/Dentist: Lecturers/Dentists: Vacant NM Patel, BDS (Mangalore), MChD, PDD (Western Cape) CM Saayman, BChD, MSc Dent Sc (Stellenbosch) CJ de la Harpe, BChD (Stellenbosch), BSc (Pharm) (PU for CHE), DipGA (Pretoria), MSc Dent (Western Cape) RZ Adam, BChD, PDD (Stellenbosch), MSc Dent (Western Cape) A Dyason, BChD (Western Cape) S Ahmed, BChD (Stellenbosch), PDD (Western Cape) S Bredenkamp, BChD (Western Cape) C Cloete, BChD (Western Cape) F Karjiker, BChD (Stellenbosch), PDD (Clinical Dentistry) (Western Cape), PDD (Endodontics) (Western Cape)

PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY Associate Professor/Chief Specialist: Associate Professor/Principal Specialist: Senior Lecturer/Stomatologist: Senior Lecturers/Principal Dentists: Lecturer/Dentists: GAVM Geerts, BChD, MChD (Stellenbosch), PDD (Western Cape) VJ Wilson, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) R Maart, BChD (Western Cape), PDD (Stellenbosch), PGD HM (Cape Town) SB Khan, BChD (Western Cape), PDD (Stellenbosch) MSc (Dent) (Western Cape), R Ahmed, BChD (Stellenbosch), PDD (Western Cape) M Stuhlinger, BChD, BChD (Hons) (Stellenbosch) J Cupido, BChD, PDD (Western Cape) R Masungini, BChD (Western Cape) A Fortuin, BChD (Western Cape) A Grundlingh, BChD (Stellenbosch) S Mpungose, BChD (Western Cape) A Singh, BChD (Western Cape)

Registrars:

9

ORAL AND DENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE Associate Professor: Researcher: Cell-culture Technologist: Senior Lecturer: Administrative Officer: SR Grobler, BSc, BscHons, MSc, DSc (Free State), PhD (Stellenbosch) NJ Basson, BSc, BScHons, MSc, PhD (Stellenbosch) A Olivier, BSc, Hons B (Phys Ed), M (Phys Ed) (Stellenbosch) Vacant RA Basson, BA, HonsBA (Psych) (South Africa) MA (Psych) (Western Cape)

DENTAL EDUCATION Associate Professor/ Education Advisor: W McMillan, BPrim Ed (Cape Town), BEd (Cape Town), Post Grad PP (South Africa), DEd (Western Cape)

HONORARY AND P/T STAFF OF THE ORAL AND DENTAL TEACHING HOSPITAL Department of General Surgery, UCT Associate Professor/Principal Specialist: Department of Internal Medicine, UCT Senior Lecturer/Senior Specialist: R Raine, MBChB (Cape Town), MMed (Cape Town), FCP (SA) D Kahn, MBChB (Birm), FCS (SA) CLM (Cape Town)

The Dermatology Department, UCT Consultant -full time: G Todd, PhD (Cape Town), MBChB (Cape Town), FF Derm (SA), BSc Agric (Natal)

PART-TIME / CONTRACT STAFF OF THE FACULTY OF DENTISTRY Principal Dentists/Specialists: S Allie, BChD (Western Cape) I Da Silveira, Dental Surgery (Brazil) P Botha, BChD, MChD (Stellenbosch) V Els, MChD (Stellenbosch) JL Erasmus, BChD, MBChB, MChD (Stellenbosch) MT Ferguson, BDS (Rand), MChD (Western Cape) RJ Ginsberg, BDS (Witwatersrand), Dipl Ortho RCS (Eng) KC Johannes, BChD (Western Cape), MChD (Stellenbosch) MG Samsodien, BDS (Bombay), MChD (Orth) (Western Cape) WD Ackerman, BChD (Stellenbosch) B Ahmed- Kathree, BChD (Western Cape) M Bedford, BChD (Western Cape) C Benjamin, BChD (Western Cape) CJ Botha, BChD (Stellenbosch) W de Lange, BChD (Stellenbosch) WE Farao, BChD (Western Cape) G Ferreira, BChD (Stellenbosch) (Gugulethu) N Khan, BChD (Pretoria), PDD (Western Cape) L Krige, MBChB (UP, DA (SA) (College of Med) K Kathieb, BChD (Western Cape) Q Isaacs, BChD (Western Cape) S Ismail, BSc (Western Cape), BChD (Stellenbosch) S Maneveld, BChD (Western Cape) A Marais, BChD (Stellenbosch), PDD (Western Cape) 10

Dentists:

A Mohamed, BChD (Western Cape) F Motlekar, BChD (Western Cape) R Mulder, BChD (Western Cape) FM Paruk, BChD (Western Cape) D Patel, BDS (Witwatersrand) R Rahbeeni, BChD, MChD (Western Cape) N Saban, BChD (Stellenbosch) L Scholtz, BChD (Western Cape) S Shaikh, BChD (Western Cape) CD Stellenberg, BChD (Western Cape) T Stevens, BChD (Stellenbosch) N Tshwaku, BChD (Western Cape)

11

RULES FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF DENTAL SCIENCE - BCHD (5101) G.1 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Dental Science (BChD) G.1.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 40 points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:      (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics and level 4 (50-59%) in Physical Science and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Science

Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR

(c)

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.

G.1.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) A Matriculation Exemption Certificate with the following subject requirements:       (b) HG (40%, E symbol) Mathematics or SG (50%, D symbol) Mathematics and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences

Students will be required to write The National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR

(c)

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)

G.1.3

Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed.

12

Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed. G.2 G.2.1 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Students from other universities who have failed the BChD I (or its equivalent) and who will not be allowed at the universities concerned to proceed with the study of Dentistry, will similarly not be admitted into the BChD programme at this university. DURATION

G.2.2

G.3

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over five years full-time study. G.4 G.4.1 CURRICULUM Study Level 1 Num Code Alpha Code 311018 312141 336013 510112 CHE118 LSC141 PHY113 HDP111 Cred 15 15 15 5

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) Chemistry for Dentistry Life Sciences 141 Physics for Dentistry 113 Primary Health Care (B CH D I) 2nd Semester Group 1 (select all) Human Biology 105 Group 2 (select 1 module) Introduction to Xhosa (Dent) Introduction to Afrikaans (Dent) Year Courses (select all) *Clinical Dentistry I Academic Literacy for Dentistry

302105 296004 201004 521100 511000

HUB105 XHO120 AFR120 CLD100 ALD110 Sub-total

40 10 10 15 10 125

G.4.2

Study Level 2 Num Code Alpha Code 302205 590225 521104 521101 511131 521103 521105 525200 523200 13 HUB205 OBI210 PPT211 BDP220 HPD111 RAP220 NRT220 RAT200 BDM200 Cred 40 25 10 15 10 5 10 5 5

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) Human Biology 205 Oral Biology Pre-clinical Periodontic Techniques 2nd Semester (select all) Basis of Disease Process Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Radiation Physics *Non-invasive Restorative Techniques *Radiographic Techniques 200 Basic Dental Materials 200

*Prosthetics Techniques Year Courses (select all) *Clinical Dentistry II

580211 521102

PRT200 CLD200 Sub-total

10 30 165

G.4.3

Study Level 3 Num Code Alpha Code 511310 570321 356312 521107 325324 590311 511311 540320 330901 550551 540541 521106 530501 580511 521109 PMG310 PAT310 MIC312 IRT310 MBS323 ORT320 MHD320 SSD320 PCL305 OMP300 MFS300 DMT300 CON300 PRO300 RAT300 Sub-total Cred 15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 10 10 15 15 5 180

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) Prin of Medicine and General Surgery (MFOS) Systemic Pathology Microbiology *Invasive Restorative Techniques 2nd Semester (select all) Medical Bioscience 323 Basic Orthodontics III Measuring Health and Disease Social Sciences and Dentistry Year Courses (select all) Dental Pharmacology *Oral Medicine and Periodontology I *Maxillo-facial & Oral Surgery I Dental Materials 300 *Conservative Dentistry I *Dental Prosthetics I *Radiographic Techniques

G.4.4

Study Level 4 Num Code Alpha Code 521112 531411 550554 521110 540542 530502 521111 551510 570431 501112 590501 580522 521114 580400 PRT410 PRE410 OMP400 ANS400 MFS400 CON400 END400 RAD400 OPA400 PED400 ORT400 PRO400 DRE410 AMD400 Sub-total Cred 5 10 20 10 20 15 10 10 20 15 20 20 5 10 190

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) *Removable Partial Dentures Technique Prevention Year Courses (select all) *Oral Medicine and Periodontology II Anaesthesiology and Sedation *Maxillofacial and Oral Surgery II *Conservative Dentistry II *Endodontics *Diagnostics and Radiology Oral Pathology *Paediatric Dentistry and Techniques *Orthodontics I *Prosthetic Dentistry II Dental Research 410 *Advanced Dental Materials

14

G.4.5

Study Level 5 Num Code Alpha Code 511321 515521 521118 521117 515500 521116 HSY500 ETH521 ART510 IMP500 PRM500 CLD500 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 10 5 10 5 5 145 180 840

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) Health Systems Ethics *Advance Restorative Techniques 2nd Semester (select all) *Implants Practice Management Year Courses (select all) *Clinical Dentistry V

G.4.6 G.4.6.1

Foundation Provision Students who fail any one of the three modules “Chemistry”, “Life Sciences” or “Physics” in the 1st level of study may not continue into the 2nd semester. These students discontinue with the mainstream modules “Academic Literacy for Dentistry” and “Clinical Dentistry I” and will register for the Foundation Programme in the 2nd Semester with the following modules: Cred 10 10 15 15 15

Module Name Num Code Alpha Code Compulsory Critical Thinking: Dentistry 161 590161 CTD161 Fundamentals: Academic Literacy 591161 FAL161 Select the fundamental module/s in the discipline/s that was failed in the 1 st semester Fundamentals of Life Sciences 161 312161 LFS161 Fundamentals of Chemistry 161 311161 CHM161 Fundamentals of Physics PHY161 G.4.6.2

In the 2nd level of study, students on the foundation provision will register for the following modules: Num Code Alpha Code 521100 362161 301161 311018 312141 336013 510112 511000 302105 296004 201004 CLD100 PSC161 HUB161 CHE118 LSC141 PHY113 HDP111 ALD100 HUB105 XHO120 AFR120 Cred 15 5 15 15 15 15 5 10 40 10 10

Module Name Compulsory Clinical Dentistry I Principles of Science Fundamentals of Human Biology Select the module/s that was failed in the 1 st level of study Chemistry for Dentistry Life Sciences 141 Physics for Dentistry 113 Primary Health Care (B CH D I) Academic Literacy for Dentistry 2nd Semester (compulsory) Human Biology 105 Select 1 module Introduction to Xhosa (Dent) Introduction to Afrikaans (Dent) G.4.6.3

In the 3rd level of study, students on the foundation provision will register for the normal 2nd level curriculum. (See rule G.4.2) 15

G.4.6.4

In the 4th level of study, students on the foundation provision will register for the normal 3 rd level curriculum. (See rule G.4.3) In the 5th level of study, students on the foundation provision will register for the normal 4th level curriculum. (See rule G.4.4) In the 6th level of study, students on the foundation provision will register for the normal 5 th level curriculum. (See rule G.4.5) A student who failed HUB105 in the 2nd semester of the 1st level of study in the mainstream programme may not go onto the 2nd level of study. These students will register for the following module in the 1st semester when repeating the 1st level of study: Module Name Fundamentals of Human Biology Num Code Alpha Code 301161 HUB161 Cred 15

G.4.6.5

G.4.6.6

G.4.6.7

G.4.6.8

A student who fails the module HUB161 in the 1 st level of study may not continue into the 2nd semester of the 1st level of study and will have to re-apply for admission the following year. ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. Special examinations as per rule A.5.2.9 will only be awarded in cases where a student owes no more than one module to complete the programme or to promote to the next level of study. PROMOTION RULES

G.5 G.5.1

G.5.2

G.6

Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary and unless Senate decides otherwise: G.6.1 G.6.1.1 Study Level 1 To continue with the second semester modules in Human Biology, the student must have passed the first semester modules in Life Sciences 141 (LSC141), Physics (PHY113) and Chemistry (CHE118). To qualify for promotion to BChD II a student must pass all the modules prescribed for BChD I. However, a maximum of 10 credits from first year modules may be carried while a student commences with second year modules. The modules that may be carried are Primary Health Care, Academic Literacy and Computer Literacy, subject to the 10 credit proviso. Study Level 2 To continue with the second semester module in Basis of Disease Processes the student must have passed the first semester module in Hub 205. To qualify for promotion to BChD III, a student must pass all the modules prescribed for BChD II. However, a maximum of 10 credits from second year modules may be carried while a student commences with third year modules. The modules which may be carried are Health Promotion and Radiation Physics, subject to the 10 credit proviso. Study Level 3 To qualify for promotion to BChD IV, a student must pass all the modules prescribed for BChD III.

G.6.1.2

G.6.2. G.6.2.1

G.6.2.2

G.6.3 G.6.3.1

16

G.6.3.2

However, a maximum of 10 credits from first semester modules of the third year may be carried into the second semester of the third year. The modules that may be carried are Common SystemsBased Infection, Principles of Medicine & General Surgery, subject to the 10-credit proviso. However, a maximum of 10 credits from 3rd year modules may be carried when a student commences with 4th year. Modules that may be carried are Dental Materials, Systemic Pathology, Common Systems based infections, Oral Manifestations of Infectious Diseases, MHD, Social Science in Dentistry, subject to the 10-credit proviso. Study Level 4 To qualify for promotion to BChD V, a student must pass all the modules prescribed for BChD IV. However, a maximum of 10 credits from fourth year modules may be carried while a student commences with fifth year modules. The modules that may be carried are Prevention, and Research, subject to the 10 credit proviso. Study Level 5

G.6.3.3

G.6.4 G.6.4.1 G.6.4.2

G.6.5

In order to fulfill the requirements for completion of the BChD degree, a student must have passed all the prescribed modules from first to fifth year. G.6.6 G.6.6.1 Foundation Provision Rules In order to be promoted to the 2nd level of the foundation provision, the student must pass all the 2nd semester modules at the 1st level. Students who fail to promote to the 2nd level will have to formally apply for readmission. Readmission may be subject to specific conditions laid down by the faculty board. In order to promote to the 2nd semester of the 2nd level of the foundation provision needs to pass all the prescribed 1st semester modules. Students who fail to promote to the 2nd semester of the 2nd level will have to formally apply for readmission. Readmission may be subject to specific conditions laid down by the faculty board. ADVANCE REGISTRATION

G.6.6.2

G.7

There are no advance registration rules for this programme. G.8 G.8.1 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 unless otherwise stated in the Faculty rules. The following conditions will also apply to the renewal of registration in this programme: A student who does not qualify to continue with the second semester of the 1 st level of study will have to re-apply for admission the following year. A student who does not qualify for promotion to the 2nd level of study will have to re-apply for admission the following year. However, if the student has obtained more than 50% of the first year credits, re-admission will be automatic. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME When repeating the 1st level of study , a student may retain credits for first year modules previously passed except for Clinical Dentistry I (CLD100) or have the option to write the examination again if they want to improve their marks. For Clinical Dentistry 1(CLD 100), a 17

G.8.2 G.8.2.1

G.8.2.2

G.9 G.9.1

student must satisfy the attendance requirements, assessments and clinical component and obtain a 55% coursework mark. G.9.2 A student who does not qualify for promotion to the third year may retain credit for Pre-Clinical Periodontic Techniques, Health Promotion, Radiation Physics, Human Biology 205, Oral Biology, and Basis of Disease Processes. A student who does not qualify for promotion to the fourth year may retain credits for Common Systems Based Infection, Pharmacology, Systemic Pathology, Principles of Medicine & General Surgery, Measuring Health and Disease, Social Science in Dentistry and Oral Manifestations of Infectious Diseases. A student who does not qualify for promotion to the fourth year may retain credit for Dental Materials and Invasive Restorative Techniques but must satisfy the attendance requirements and obtain a coursework mark of 55%. A student who does not qualify for promotion to the fifth year may retain credit for Prevention, Research, Anaesthesiology and Sedation and Oral Pathology. A student who fails the 5th level of study may retain credit for Health Systems, Ethics, and Practice Management. A student must satisfy the attendance requirements and obtain a 55% coursework mark with a minimum of 50% in the clinical component for all Clinical modules as indicated by the asterisk (*). A student must satisfy the attendance requirements and obtain a 55% coursework mark for all preclinical modules as indicated by the asterisk (*). Every student of Dentistry in the Faculty must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as a dental student within two months after admission to the Faculty as well as after completion of the degree. Full particulars are available from the Faculty Officer. All graduates have to complete one year of compulsory community service after completing the degree. It is compulsory for all 1st year students to submit proof of Hepatitis B vaccination to the Faculty Office before the commencement of the second semester. Attendance at all lectures, practicals, clinical sessions, seminars, etc. is compulsory. Students who do not comply with at least an 80% attendance figure will be allocated an incomplete coursework mark and will not be allowed to sit for the final examination in the subject concerned. Every lecture is regarded as preparation for the clinical work that is to follow. Instrumentation

G.9.3

G.9.4

G.9.5

G.9.6

G.9.7

G.9.8

G.9.9

G.9.10

G.9.11

G.9.12

G.9.13

It is compulsory for all second year BChD students to purchase their own instruments in certain departments. The departments will issue a list of these instruments. At the end of each academic year students will have to return all instruments issued to them. Students who have lost instruments will have to replace the instruments. Those students who do not return the instruments will not be allocated a year mark. Their registration for the following year will also not be effected. G.9.14 Clinical Attire

Students are responsible for their own white coats / jackets and for the protective eyewear required during clinical and laboratory sessions.

18

BACHELOR OF ORAL HEALTH - BOH (5211) The Profession Oral Hygiene UWC offers a Degree in Oral Health (BOH). The oral hygienist is a specialist in preventive and promotive oral health care for the control of oral diseases and promotion of oral health. As a registered primary health care professional, oral health promoter, clinician, practice manager and researcher, the hygienist provides preventive, educational and therapeutic services to individuals and populations of all ages including the medically compromised, mentally or physically challenged and socially disadvantaged. Oral hygiene services are provided in the public health services, general and specialty dental practices, programmes for research, professional education, hospital care, institutional care for disabled persons, the armed services and dental products promotion. The hygienist must exhibit competencies in the following five domains. Core competencies     Apply a professional code of ethics in all endeavors. Provide oral health care to promote patient health and wellness using critical thinking and problem solving in the provision of evidenced based care. Communicate effectively with individuals and groups from diverse populations both verbally and in writing. Continuously perform self-assessment for life-long learning and professional growth.

Health Promotion and Disease Prevention    Promote the values of oral and general health and wellness to the public and organizations within and outside the profession. Respect the goals, values, beliefs and preferences of the patient/individual/ community while promoting optimum oral and general health. Identify population and individual risk factors and develop strategies that promote health related quality of life.

Patient Care    Systematically collect, analyse, and record data on the general, oral and psychosocial health status of a variety of patients using methods consistent with medico-legal principles. Apply critical decision making skills to diagnose, plan, implement and evaluate a comprehensive oral health care plan that is patient centered and based on current scientific evidence. Provide preventive and therapeutic service within the scope of practice of the oral hygienist, as set out by the Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA).

Community Involvement    Assess the oral health needs of the community and the quality and availability of resources and services. Provide screening, referral, and educational services that allow individuals/ communities to access the resources of the health care system. Provide community oral health care services in a variety of settings.

Professional Growth and Development  Identify career options within health-care, industry, education and research and evaluate the feasibility of pursuing various oral hygiene opportunities.

19

G.10

ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree: Bachelor of Oral Health - BOH G.10.1 (a) Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated from 2008 The National Senior Certificate for Bachelor‟s Degree study plus a score of no less than 27 points calculated according to the University‟s approved points system, as well as the following specific subject requirements:      (b) level 4 (50-59%) in English (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Another Language (home or first additional language) and level 3 (40-49%) in Mathematics or level 4 (50-59%) in Mathematics Literacy and level 4 (50-59%) in Life Science

Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR

(c)

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above.

G.10.2 Admission requirements for applicants who matriculated before 2008 (a) A Matriculation Exemption Certificate with the following subject requirements:          (b) HG (40%, E symbol) Fisrt Language and HG (40%, E symbol) Second Language and HG (40%, E symbol) Additional Subject and HG (40%, E symbol) Biology or SG (50%, D symbol) Biology and HG (40%, E symbol) Physical Sciences or SG (50%, D symbol) Physical Sciences or HG (40%, E symbol) Physiology or SG (50%, D symbol) Physiology

Students will be required to write the National Benchmark Test (NBT). OR

(c)

A qualification or level of competence which the Senate of the University has deemed to be equivalent to the requirements stipulated in (a) and (b) above. Alternate admission requirements for applicants according to Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL)

G.10.3

Students who completed the NSC in 2008 or thereafter, but have not obtained endorsements, will be considered for alternative admission after the age of 23. Such candidates will be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course and submit to a process where relevant learning and/or experience will be assessed. Candidates who are 23 or older and do not have a matriculation certificate or NSC, but who might have obtained other qualifications or experience that may be deemed to be equivalent to admission criteria for particular study programmes, will also be required to complete a RPL portfolio development course or an 20

RPL portfolio process as agreed and to submit to a process where such learning, qualification and/or experience will be assessed. G.11 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. G.12 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over three years full-time study. G.13 G.13.1 CURRICULUM Study Level 1 Num Code Alpha Code Cred

Module Name 1st Semester Group 1 (select all) Oral Biology (OH) I Health, Development and Primary Health Care 124 Social Sciences for Oral Health Group 2 (select 1 module) Introduction to Xhosa Introduction to Afrikaans 2nd Semester (select all) Clinical Practice I Oral Diseases I Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Radiography 1 Year Courses (select all) Academic Literacy 110 Clinical Oral Health I

539101 511124 531112 296004 201004 510122 521020 511131 550631 500110 520122

ORB101 HDP124 SSD112 XHO003 AFR003 CLP100 ODS120 HPD111 RAD123 ALD110 ADP120 Sub-total

20 5 15 10 10 15 10 10 5 10 20 120

G.13.2

Study Level 2 Num Code Alpha Code 521212 540121 511234 100012 521102 511212 550632 511227 521210 521201 OHP212 POH121 MHD223 PER210 CLP200 SPC210 RAD200 LOS200 ODS210 CON201 Sub-total Cred 20 5 10 5 35 20 15 10 10 15 145

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) Oral Health Promotion I Pharmacology for Oral Health 2nd Semester (select all) Measuring Health and Disease Periodontology for Oral Health Year Courses (select all) Clinical Practice II Special Care for Oral Health Radiography II Local Anaesthesia and Oral Surgery Oral Diseases II Clinical Oral Health II

21

G.13.3

Study Level 3 Num Code Alpha Code 521011 511300 521013 511312 ODP310 HSY300 OHP320 EPM312 Cred 25 5 25 10

Module Name 1st Semester (select all) Oral Diseases and Prevention Health Systems (BOH) 2nd Semester (select all) Oral Health Promotion II Ethics and Practice Management (BOH) Year Courses Group 1 (select all) Clinical Practice III Applied Research Radiological Diagnosis for Oral Health Group 2 (select 1) Xhosa 111 Clinical Oral Health III

521012 521014 525301 296113 531313

CLP300 ARS300 RAD301 XHO111 SCP313 Sub-total TOTAL

40 20 10 15 10 145-150 410-415

G.14 G.14.1

ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. The following faculty assessment conditions will also apply to this programme:

G.14.2

G.14.2.1 All modules must be passed individually. Assessment, including both formative and summative components, will be done within the modules or during the formal examination period. Assessment will include a minimum of two units/pieces of work per module. Written information regarding assessment of each module will be provided to students at the start of each module. This will include information such as the nature of and mark allocation for assignments, tests, examinations and clinical activities. G.14.2.2 For a student to be admitted to the final examination in the Clinical Practice II, or III Modules: G.14.2.2.1 The student must obtain at least 50% in the clinical component of the coursework assessment G.14.2.2.2 Minimum quotas for the various clinical procedures as indicated in the module guides should be met. G.14.2.2.3 Not more than 20% of unacceptable scores in the clinical competence assessment will be allowed. G.14.2.3 Admission to re-evaluation / supplementary examination Admission is governed by Rule A.5.2.6 and A.5.2.7 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.15 PROMOTION RULES

Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3 or Faculty rules state otherwise:

22

G.15.1

Study Level 1

G.15.1.1 First year students will register only for semester I modules and year modules at their initial registration. G.15.1.2 To proceed to the second semester, the student must obtain a minimum of 15 credits in the first semester. G.15.1.3 If at the end of the first semester the student fails both Social Sciences and Oral Biology: G.15.1.3.1 The student will not be allowed to repeat either of these modules in semester 2 G.15.1.3.2 The student will continue with the year modules started in the first semester and will select a limited number of semester II modules. The first year is then extended over two academic years. G.15.1.4 To qualify for promotion to the BOH II a student must pass all the modules prescribed for BOH I. However, a maximum of 10 credits from first year modules may be carried while a student commences with second year modules. The modules that may be carried are Health, Development and PHC and Interdisciplinary Health Promotion, Xhosa and Afrikaans subject to the 10 credit proviso. Any modules carried to the second year should not clash with the second year programme. If there is a clash, students will have to register for an additional semester at the end of the second year to complete the outstanding module(s). G.15.2 Study Level 2

G.15.2.1 To qualify for promotion to the third year, a student must pass all the prescribed modules for BOH II. G.15.2.2 Students who have passed less than 60% of the modules (credit value) will repeat the entire year. When repeating the year, a student may be exempted from the examination in any module for which credits were obtained, provided that the student: G.15.2.2.1 Complies with the attendance requirements and G.15.2.2.2 Obtains a continuous assessment mark of at least 55% (see rule G.18.1). G.15.2.3 Students who have passed more than 60% of the modules (credit value) need only to register for the modules that they failed. All students must register for Local Anaesthesia and Oral Surgery. G.15.2.4 See rule G.17.2.1 for the Clinical Practice II module. G.15.2.5 Students may not carry any incomplete modules from BOH II to BOH III. G.15.3 Study Level 3

G.15.3.1 In order to fulfill the requirements for completion of the BOH degree, a student must have passed all the prescribed modules from the first to the third years as well as the electives. G.16 ADVANCE REGISTRATION

There are no advance registration rules for this programme. G.17 G.17.1 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.3.2.3, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1 unless otherwise specified in Faculty rules.

23

G.17.2

The following conditions will also apply to the renewal of registration in this programme:

G.17.2.1 Students in the Oral Health I, II or III academic year, repeating a year or part of a year (one semester or longer), must register for the Clinical Practice module for the year concerned. G.17.2.2 Students who do not qualify to be promoted to BOH II, and who have passed more than 50% of the modules will automatically be re-admitted into the BOH I the following year. G.17.2.3 Students who have not passed 50% of the BOH I modules will have to re-apply and go through the selection process. G.17.2.4 A student who has failed the requirements for promotion to the following year of study in two consecutive calendar years has to formally re-apply for admission. G.17.2.5 Re-admission is subject to specific conditions laid down by the faculty board. G.18 G.18.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A candidate repeating the year, but who has previously passed a module for which a credit as been granted may be exempted from the final examination provided that:

G.18.1.1 the attendance requirements are complied with, and G.18.1.2 a continuous evaluation mark of 55% is attained. G.18.2 A student may retain credit for Clinical Practice I but must satisfy the attendance requirements and obtain a coursework mark of 55%. Every student of Oral Hygiene in the Faculty must, in accordance with the requirements of the Health Professions Council of South Africa, register as an oral hygiene student within two months after admission to the Faculty as well as after completion of the degree. Full particulars are available from the Faculty Officer. It is compulsory for all first year students to submit proof of Hepatitis B vaccination to the Faculty Office before the commencement of the second semester. Attendance at all lectures, practicals, clinical sessions, seminars, etc. is compulsory. Students who do not comply with at least an 80% attendance figure will be allocated an incomplete coursework mark and will not be allowed to sit for the final examination in the subject concerned. Every lecture is regarded as preparation for the clinical work that is to follow. The subminimum rule applies for the following modules which have multiple components:

G.18.3

G.18.4

G.18.5

G.18.6

G.18.6.1 Clinical Oral Health II, in which a subminimum of 40% should be attained for each component of the module. G.18.6.2 Local Anaesthesia and Oral Surgery, in which a subminimum of 40% should be attained for each component of the module. G.18.7 Clinical Attire Students are responsible for their own white coats / jackets and for the protective eyewear required during clinical and laboratory sessions.

24

RULES FOR POSTGRADUA TE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DENTISTRY – PDD (5309) G.19 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Dentistry - PDD A candidate must be in possession of the BChD degree of this University or another equivalent qualification recognized by the University, and must be a dentist registered as a dentist/specialist or where applicable, medical practitioner/specialist, with the Health Professions Council of South Africa. G.20 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. G.21 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over one year‟s full-time study or over two years part-time study. G.22 G.22.1 DISCIPLINES The Postgraduate Diploma in Dentistry is offered in the following areas of specialisation:          G.22.2 Aesthetic Dentistry Endodontics Forensic Dentistry Implantology Interceptive Orthodontics Maxillofacial Radiology Minor Oral Surgery Oral Pathology Paediatric Dentistry

The programmes all comprise two modules. Each module consists of four parts that require the attendance of lectures (except in the case of satellite-mediated teaching), practical sessions, and the completion of an assignment. Assignments must be handed in at the next scheduled seminar or lecture. The final assignment for Module I must be submitted before the start of the following examination period. In Module 2, a student may choose either to complete a research paper on a topic negotiated with the supervisor or to complete four coursework components. The research paper may take the form of a literature review, a case study, or a research project and must be submitted to the supervisor not less than two months before the start of the November examination period.

G.22.3

G.22.4

G.22.5

25

G.23 G.23.1

CURRICULUM Study Level 1 Num Code 551611 580615 580617 570611 570613 540611 540613 508611 530611 Alpha Code ANS611 END611 FOD611 IMP611 INO611 MFR611 ORS611 POP611 PED611 Sub-total Cred 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

Module Name (select 1 module) Aesthetic Dentistry 611 Endodontics 611 Forensic Odontology 611 Implantology 611 Interceptive Orthodontics 611 Maxillo-Facial Radiology 611 Minor Oral Surgery 611 Oral Pathology 611 Peadiatric Dentistry 611

G.23.2

Study Level 2 Num Code 551612 580616 580618 570612 570614 540612 540614 508612 530612 Alpha Code ANS612 END612 FOD612 IMP612 INO612 MFR612 ORS612 POP612 PED612 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 120

Module Name (select 1 module) Aesthetic Dentistry 612 Endodontics 612 Forensic Odontology 612 Implantology 612 Interceptive Orthodontics 612 Maxillo-Facial Radiology 612 Minor Oral Surgery 612 Oral Pathology 612 Peadiatric Dentistry 612

G.24

ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.25 G.25.1 G.25.2 PROGRESS RULES For admission to Module II, a student must have passed Module I. Full-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. G.25.3 Part-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 60 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. G.26 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

26

G.27 G.27.1

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME The nature, scope and contents of each module of the programme are determined by the supervisor concerned, in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty. In addition to attending such modules as may be prescribed, candidates will be required to complete all assignments satisfactorily. The Faculty reserves the right not to offer a particular programme in the event of insufficient interest. Prospective candidates are urged to ensure that the programme of their choice will be presented in the year concerned. The final mark for the research paper option in Module II may include an oral examination.

G.27.2

G.27.3

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN SEDATION AND PAIN CONTROL (5331) G.28 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Postgraduate Diploma in Sedation and Pain Control A candidate must be in possession of the BChD degree of this University or another equivalent qualification recognized by the University, and must be a dentist registered as a dentist/specialist or where applicable, medical practitioner/specialist, with the Health Professions Council of South Africa. G.29 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. G.30 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over one year‟s full-time study or over two years part-time study. G.31 G.31.1 CURRICULUM Study Level 1 Num Code 551623 Alpha Code PAS611 Sub-total Cred 60 60

Module Name Pain And Sedation 611

G.31.2

Study Level 2 Num Code 551624 Alpha Code PAS612 Sub-total TOTAL Cred 60 60 120

Module Name Pain And Sedation 612

G.32

ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.33 G.33.1 PROGRESS RULES For admission to Module II, a student must have passed Module I.

27

G.33.2

Full-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. G.33.3 Part-time

Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 60 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. G.34 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.35 G.35.1 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME The programme comprises of two modules. Each module consists of four parts that require the attendance of lectures (except in the case of satellite-mediated teaching), practical sessions, and the completion of an assignment. Assignments must be handed in at the next scheduled seminar or lecture. The final assignment for Module I must be submitted before the start of the following examination period. In Module 2, a student may choose either to complete a research paper on a topic negotiated with the supervisor or to complete four coursework components. The research paper may take the form of a literature review, a case study, or a research project and must be submitted to the supervisor not less than two months before the start of the November examination period. The nature, scope and contents of each module of the programme are determined by the supervisor concerned, in consultation with the Dean of the Faculty. In addition to attending such modules as may be prescribed, candidates will be required to complete all assignments satisfactorily. The Faculty reserves the right not to offer a particular programme in the event of insufficient interest. Prospective candidates are urged to ensure that the programme of their choice will be presented in the year concerned. The final mark for the research paper option in Module II may include an oral examination.

G.35.2

G.35.3

G.35.4

G.35.5

G.35.6

G.35.7

MASTER OF SCIENCE (Thesis) – MSc (5800) G.36 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Master of Science – MSc with a specialisation in Dentistry as indicated in G.39.1 An appropriate Honour‟s degree, or a Bachelor‟s degree (eg. BChD/BDS) with proof of research experience. G.37 SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

28

G.38

DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over two years full-time study or over three years part-time study. G.39 G.39.1          CURRICULUM The Master of Science programme is offered in the following specialisation areas in dentistry: Master of Science in Dental Public Health Master of Science in Forensic Dentistry Master of Science in Maxillofacial Radiology Master of Science in Oral Medicine Master of Science in Periodontology Master of Science in Oral Medicine & Periodontology Master of Science in Oral Pathology Master of Science in Paediatric Dentistry Master of Science in Restorative Dentistry Num Code 582801 582802 Alpha Code DNT801 DNT802 TOTAL G.40 ASSESSMENT Cred 120 120 120

Module Name 1st Enrolment Code Dentistry Masters Thesis 801 2nd Enrolment Code Dentistry Masters Thesis 802

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.41 PROGRESS RULES

Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. G.42 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.43 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME

An MSc degree may be completed by research in any of the disciplines offered by the Faculty of Dentistry. The research proposal must be approved by Senate. MASTER OF SCIENCE (Structured) – MSc (5801) G.44 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Master of Science – MSc with a specialisation in Dentistry as indicated in G.47.1 An appropriate Honour‟s degree, or a Bachelor‟s degree (eg BChD/BDS) with proof of research experience.

29

G.45

SELECTION

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. G.46 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration for the degree shall extend over two years full-time study or over three years part-time study. G.47 G.47.1          G.47.2    G.47.3 DISCIPLINES Master of Science programme is offered in the following specialisation areas in dentistry: Master of Science in Dental Public Health Master of Science in Forensic Dentistry Master of Science in Maxillofacial Radiology Master of Science in Oral Medicine Master of Science in Periodontology Master of Science in Oral Medicine & Periodontology Master of Science in Oral Pathology Master of Science in Paediatric Dentistry Master of Science in Restorative Dentistry A structured MSc programme consists of the following: Coursework Mini-thesis Clinical work where appropriate The structure is different for each specialisation area and is outlined below (Note that the structured MSc programme is only offered in limited specialisation areas. The structured (clinical) MSc option is in general, designed to meet the needs of dentists from foreign countries who are also academics and have difficulty in obtaining post-graduate training in their own countries. CURRICULUM Master of Science in Dental Public Health

G.47.4

G.48 G.48.1

This Masters programme in Dental Public Health is a flexible learning programme for students on campus or living and working elsewhere in the world. G.48.1.1 Aims and Objectives of the programme To improve district oral health services by developing the capacity of health personnel to plan, manage and deliver oral health services. The course focuses on the provision of knowledge, skills and qualities required to run successful oral health programmes. It aims to develop proficiency in community diagnosis, assessment of oral health needs, developing and managing strategies to meet those needs and methods for evaluating oral health services. You will graduate from this course with a unique combination of health care management and applied DPH knowledge and skills that will build on your previous training and experience in oral health. After completing this programme you will be able to:

30

       

demonstrate knowledge, skills and qualities related to priority DPH issues address the underlying social and environmental determinants of health and oral health contribute to DPH policy, planning and programmes plan and supervise health research to support oral health promotion and care develop a community profile and diagnosis establish and use a DPH health management information system prepare and implement budget plans and funding proposals communicate and work effectively with individuals and groups using different media.

G.48.1.2 Programme Structure The programme comprises four main components, namely an Introductory Module, a Dental Public Health Module, a Research Preparation Module and the Research Report (mini-thesis). The Introductory Module at the start of the programme is designed (1) to orientate the student to all aspects of the learning process, (2) to assist the student to contextualise the course material within the broader conceptual environment of health, public health and development, and (3) to initiate the thesis research process. The programme includes activities that will enhance academic literacy during this time, including reading, writing and learning skills and computer literacy. The student will prepare a short situation analysis of their community for submission and evaluation by the end of this period. Aims of the Dental Public Health Module is to (1) study 10 high priority DPH problems, (2) to provide an integrated learning activity where each DPH case is examined using the tools provided by a variety of dental health and public health disciplines, and (3) to contextualise DPH within the broader environment of public health and society. Students will work through these different DPH scenarios guided by the calendar of deadlines and goals provided. Each case is designed so that students engage the resources of a variety of different disciplines in order to understand and respond to the issues at the core of each DPH case. Three written tasks will be submitted for evaluation during this period. The Research Preparation Module sets out (1) to prepare students for the necessary research skills to design, carry out and write up a piece of research as their MSc thesis, and (2) to utilise this integrated task as a common theme in the learning of a variety of academic literacy, numeracy, computer and research skills. The assignment tasks include the preparation of a literature review and a completed protocol. Year 1 1 2 1-2 2 Modules Name / Activities Introduction to Dental Public Health DPH Cases 1-6 DPH Cases 7-10 Research Methods Dentistry Mini-Thesis Alpha Code DPH810 DPH821 DPH851 RMT811 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 20 20 20 20 40 120

G.48.1.3 Evaluation An average assignment mark is obtained from six marked assignments weighted equally. This average mark is combined with the examination mark in the proportion, 60% average assignment and 40% examination mark to produce a coursework mark. The coursework mark is combined with the mini-thesis mark in the proportion, 50% coursework and 50% mini-thesis, to produce the final mark for the programme. G.48.1.4 The Research Report The completed Research Report must be submitted at least three months before the Graduation at which the student wishes to receive his/her degree. To graduate, a pass mark must be attained for both the coursework (including the examination), and the Research Report.

31

G.48.2 Year 1

Master of Science in Forensic Dentistry Modules Name / Activities Forensic Dentistry Oral Pathology Oral Biology 811 Research Methods Dentistry Mini-thesis Master of Science in Maxillofacial Radiology Modules Name / Activities Oral Pathology Radiation physics/Radiation protection Gross Anatomy - Capita Selecta Radiographic Techniques Research Methods Signs in Maxillofacial Imaging Maxillofacial Radiology and Diagnostic Interpretation Dentistry Mini-Thesis Alpha Code PAT826 RAD821 ANA825 RAD822 RMT811 RAD823 RAD824 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 15 10 20 20 20 35 80 40 240 Alpha Code FOR811 PAT831 ORB811 RMT811 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 40 5 15 20 40 120

2 G.48.3 Year 1

2

G.48.4 Year 1

Master of Science in Oral Medicine Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology Oral Pathology Research Methods Oral Medicine 1A Oral Medicine 2A Dentistry Mini-Thesis Master of Science in Periodontology Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology Oral Pathology Research Methods Periodontology 1A Periodontology 2A Dentistry Mini-Thesis Alpha Code ORB811 PAT822 RMT811 PER821 PER822 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 15 15 20 70 80 40 240 Alpha Code ORB811 PAT822 RMT811 OMD811 OMD812 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 15 15 20 70 80 40 240

2

G.48.5 Year 1

2

G.48.6

Master of Science in Oral Medicine & Periodontology

This course is structured as a part-time MSc (Dent) programme comprising two sections (minimum duration 2 academic years, maximum period of 3 academic years unless otherwise approved by the Faculty‟s Higher Degrees Committee or Senate). Year 1 Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology Oral Pathology Research Methods Oral Medicine 1B Periodontology 1B Oral Medicine 2B Alpha Code ORB811 PAT822 RMT811 OMD821 PER823 OMD822 Credits 15 15 20 35 35 40

2

32

Periodontology 2B Dentistry Mini-Thesis

PER824 DNT803 TOTAL

40 40 240

Upon completion of the programme, the student should demonstrate a clear understanding of subject matter in a three hour written examination paper and a 30 minute oral examination. A research report of 5 000 – 7 000 words will be assessed to determine the graduate‟s ability to conduct independent research and should be publishable in a refereed scientific journal. G.48.7 Year 1 Master of Science in Oral Pathology Modules Name / Activities Basic Pathology Applied Histology for Anatomical Pathology Molecular Pathology 821 Oral Pathology for MSc Measuring Health & Disease II Research Methods 811 Anatomical Pathology for MSc I Anatomical Pathology for MSc II Oral Microbiology Oral Biology 811 Clinical Oral Pathology 833 Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology for MSc I Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology for MSc II Clinical Oral Pathology 824 Academic Placement in Oral Pathology Dentistry Mini-Thesis 803 Dentistry Mini-Thesis 804 Master of Science in Paediatric Dentistry Alpha Code PAT841 ORP841 ORP821 PAT832 SPH713 RMT811 ANP811 ANP812 ORM813 ORB811 ORP833 MPO811 MPO812 ORP824 ORP815 DNT803 DNT804 TOTAL Credits 15 10 10 10 20 20 45 40 15 15 10 30 60 10 10 20 20 360

2

3

G.48.8

G.48.8.1 Aim The aim of this programme in paediatric dentistry (PD) is to improve the oral health care of infants, children, adolescents and children with special needs through appropriate preventive, educational and treatment services. G.48.8.2 Goals of the programme for Paediatric Dentistry:    To be competent and confident in all areas of Paediatric Dentistry for the growing and developing child. To meet the oral health need of infants, children, adolescents and patients with special care needs. To be able to communicate and collaborate in multidisciplinary teams concerned with the welfare of children in both private and hospital settings.

G.48.8.3 Programme objectives The objectives of the training in PD are to produce students who:    Are competent in the skills of dentistry pertaining to the care of infants, children, adolescents and patients with special care needs. Are competent and experienced in behaviour-management techniques, so that the majority of their patients can be treated without the use of adjunct medications. Are trained in the theory and application of sedation for use in hospital and dental office practice.

33

     

Are competent and experienced in all aspects of hospital practice, the admission and care of children in hospital and the carrying out of full mouth restorative care and minor oral surgery in the hospital setting. Are competent and experienced in the provision of restorative, prosthetic and interceptive orthodontic care for infants, children, adolescents and patients with special care needs. Are competent and experienced in the care of orofacial trauma in infants, children and adolescents. Have experience and knowledge of developmental and/or acquired abnormalities and be able to recognize problems that can be treated or refer such patients. Are competent and experienced in the provision of dental care for patients with special needs and are able to treat the majority of such patients in the dental practice. Know the principles of research design and methodology. Each student should be able to conduct library research and literature searches and to design research studies. They should, on completion of the course, have carried out a research project of their own, under supervision, completed a Masters thesis or equivalent and prepared a paper suitable for publication in an internationally recognized and refereed journal.

G.48.8.4 General Conditions:      The programme requires full time attendance. Students must treat patients under the supervision of qualified senior dentists with an expertise in paediatric dentistry. Students must gain experience in the treatment of patients who require a multidisciplinary approach. Students must conduct a research project and the report should be publishable in an accredited journal. Final examinations will take place at the end of the programme. It will consist of a three-hour examination, an OSCE, a diagnoses and treatment planning of a clinical case, an oral examination (which includes 10 minute powerpoint presentation of the thesis) and a presentation of the student‟s clinical case portfolio (oral or powerpoint) As part of the final examination an external examiner from a recognized university or institute is to be consulted. Modules Name / Activities Paediatric Dentistry 1 Oral Biology Research Methods Interceptive Orthodontics Oral Pathology Paediatric Dentistry 2 Dentistry Mini-Thesis Alpha Code PED811 ORB811 RMT811 INO811 PAT811 PED812 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 60 15 20 15 10 80 40 240

 Year 1

2

The clinical coursework is conducted at various sites, which include a community health setting, academic setting and a children‟s hospital. G.48.8.5 Assessment components     Coursework (assignments) Clinical work (Case reports) Final examination (written and oral) Mini-thesis

Final mark: 60% coursework + 40% final examination (includes case reports and mini-thesis) Written (40%) OSCE (20%) Unknown Case (20%) Oral (20%) Exam Total (100%) 40% of Exam 60% of Mod II Final Module II Mark

34

G.48.9

Master of Science in Restorative Dentistry

This Masters programme in Restorative Dentistry is a full-time programme over 3 years designed for foreign nationals who are highly motivated general practitioners who would like to further develop their knowledge, clinical and technical skills in a component of Restorative Dentistry. It is offered by the department in association with specialists in private practice. The components presently catered for include:      Endodontics Basic Operative Dentistry Advanced Fixed Restorative Dentistry Implantology Dental Materials

The programme comprises the following modules. Year 1 Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology 811 Radiology 812 Restorative Dentistry 811 Restorative Dentistry 812 Prosthetics 842 Research Methods 811 Restorative Dentistry 813 Dentistry Masters Thesis 802 Alpha Code ORB811 RAD812 RST811 RST812 PRS842 RMT811 RST813 DNT803 TOTAL Credits 15 5 100 100 100 20 80 40 460

2

3

The student will be expected to have an in-depth knowledge of and be proficient in all aspects of diagnosis, treatment planning, clinical treatment and follow up of patients requiring advanced comprehensive care in the selected sub-discipline. All cases must be fully documented and presented to the Department prior to the commencement of the treatment. G.49.9.1 Assessment The evaluation process is based on examinations and continuous evaluation as follows: Coursework Mini-thesis Final examination (RST811 or PRS842) 40% 25% 35%

According to the university rules a sub-minimum of 50 % (28/70) for the final examination is required and a final mark of at least 50% is required for a pass to be awarded. MASTER OF DENTAL SURGERY – MChD (5811) G.50 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Master of Dental Surgery - MChD For admission to the MChD degree programme, a student must: G.50.1 Be registered as a dentist with the Health Professions Council of South Africa with an appropriate dental degree.

35

G.50.2

Have a minimum of two years post-qualification experience unless otherwise decided by the Senate. Additional admission requirements for the MChD (MFOS): have successfully completed the Part IA or equivalent; or PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) or equivalent; or MBChB or equivalent. Admission to the MChD programme is dependent on the availability of funded posts from the Department of Health. Currently, only South African citizens are eligible for admission to the MChD programme. DURATION

G.50.3

G.50.4

G.51

The training period for these degrees is prescribed below and includes: G.51.1 G.51.2 G.51.3 Prescribed coursework Clinical training Research involving the presentation of a mini-thesis of original work dealing with the subject. The protocol for such a mini-thesis must be submitted to the Research Committee of the Faculty at least 18 months prior to the examination in the final year. If in the opinion of the Senate, a candidate is able to give evidence of existing relevant qualifications, or equivalent training and experience gained at another recognized institution, (s) he may, on recommendation of the Faculty Board, be exempted from attendance of Part I (complete or partial) of the prescribed programmes and may proceed to Part II on such conditions, if any, as Senate may determine. DISCIPLINES

G.51.4

G.52

The Master of Dental Surgery programme is offered in the following specialisation areas:       G.53 G.53.1 Year 1 Community Dentistry Maxillofacial & Oral Surgery Oral Pathology Orthodontics Prosthodontics Oral Medicine and Periodontics CURRICULUM Master of Dental Surgery in Community Dentistry Modules Name / Activities Introduction to Dental Public Health DPH Cases 1-6 Measuring Health & Disease 2 DPH Cases 7-10 Academic Placement Research Methods Measuring Health & Disease 3 Behavioural Science & Dentistry Field Placement 1 Academic Placement 2 Alpha Code DPH811 DPH821 SPH713 DPH831 DPH841 Sub-total RMT811 SPH813 DPH812 DPH822 DPH842 Sub-total Credits 20 20 20 20 20 100 20 20 20 30 20 100

2

36

Year 3

Modules Name / Activities Health Management 2 Health Human Resources Health Economics Field Placement 2 Academic Placement 3 Selective 1 Selective 2 Field Placement 3 Field Placement 4 Academic Placement 4 Mini-thesis Applied Dental Public Health

Alpha Code SPH714 SPH727 DPH813 DPH823 DPH824 Sub-total

4

DPH837 DPH838 DPH834 DNT803 DPH839 Sub-total TOTAL Compilation of Final Mark

Credits 20 20 20 20 30 20 130 20 30 30 20 40 30 150 480

Year 1 2 3 4 Final Exam Thesis/Research Report G.53.2 Year 1

Weighting 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%

Coursework Total

Coursework (60%) Final Mark

(40%)

Master of Dental Surgery in Maxillo-Facial & Oral Surgery Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology Anatomy Physiology General Pathology MFOS Oral Biology Anatomy Physiology General Pathology MFOS Oral Pathology , including MF Radiology Principles of General Surgery MFOS Oral Pathology, including MF Radiology Principles of General Surgery Research Methods MFOS Dentistry Mini-Thesis MFOS Alpha Code ORB811 ANA811 PSE811 PAT812 MFO811 Sub-total ORB811 ANA811 PSE811 PAT811 MFO812 PAT813 SUR812 Sub-total MFO813 PAT813 SUR813 RMT811 Sub-total MFO814 DNT803 Sub-total MFO815 Sub-total TOTAL Credits 15 15 15 15 80 140 See Year 1 See Year 1 See Year 1 See Year 1 100 See year 3 See Year 3 100 20 40 40 20 120 100 40 140 100 100 600

2

3

4

5

37

G.53.3 Year 1

Master of Dental Surgery in Oral Medicine and Periodontics Modules Name / Activities Anatomy (capita selecta) Physiology (capita selecta) Oral Biology General Pathology Oral Medicine & Periodontics 1 General Pathology Oral Medicine & Periodontics 2 Anatomy (capita selecta) Physiology (capita selecta) Oral Biology Oral Pathology and Radiology (Diagnostic level) for MFOS Research Methods Oral Medicine & Periodontics 3I Oral Medicine & Periodontics 4 Mini-Thesis Alpha Code ANA823 ANA824 ORB811 PAT822 OMP811 Sub-total PAT812 OMP812 ANA823 ANA824 ORB812 Sub-total PAT813 RMT811 OMP813 Sub-total OMP814 DNT803 Sub-total TOTAL Credits 15 15 15 See Year 2 60 105 15 80 See Year 1 See Year 1 See Year 1 95 40 20 100 160 80 40 120 480

2

3

4

G.53.3.1

Assessment 75% 35 15 25 25% 100%

Final examination (Course work)  Written examination  Assessment of Portfolio  Structured Oral examination Mini-thesis (Partial fulfilment for degree) Final Mark G.53.4 Year 1 Master of Dental Surgery in Orthodontics Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology (Incl. Anat. & Physiol.) Removable Appliances Pre-clinical Orthodontics Academic Placement 1 Orthodontic Seminars 1 Clinical Orthodontics 1 Research Methods Academic Placement 2 Orthodontic seminars 2 Clinical Orthodontics Academic Placement 3 Orthodontic seminars 3 Clinical Orthodontics 3 Academic Placement 4 Orthodontic seminars 4 Alpha Code ORB821 ORT811 ORT821 ORT812 ORT841 ORT851 Sub-total RMT811 ORT812 ORT822 ORT832 Sub-total ORT813 ORT823 ORT833 Sub-total ORT834 ORT814

2

3

4

Credits 30 10 20 15 20 25 120 20 20 30 50 120 20 30 50 100 20 40

38

Clinical orthodontics 4 Dentistry Mini-thesis

ORT824 DNT803 Sub-total TOTAL

40 40 140 480

G.53.4.1

Assessment Value 50%

Evaluation Component Coursework Mark Clinical work Seminars Case Discussions Examination Mark Written paper Case/ Portfolio presentation Thesis Mark Average mark given by all examiners and supervisors Final Mark G.53.5 Year 1 Master of Dental Surgery in Oral Pathology Modules Name / Activities Histology for Anatomical Pathology Molecular Pathology Anatomical Path & Morbid Anatomy incl Cytopathology Anatomical Path & Morbid Anatomy incl Cytopathology Introduction to Laboratory and Clinical Pathology (rotation) Oral Biology Oral Microbiology and Immunology Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Clinical Oral Pathology (rotation) Forensic Odontology (rotation) Research Methods Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Clinical Oral Pathology (rotation) Forensic Odontology (rotation) Dentistry Mini-thesis Alpha Code ORP811 ORP821 ORP831 Sub-total ORP822 ORP832 Sub-total ORB811 ORM813 PAT826 ORP833 FOR813 RMT811 Sub-total PAT823 ORP824 FOR814 DNT803 Sub-total TOTAL

25%

25% 100%

2

3

4

Credits 15 15 90 120 90 30 120 15 15 50 10 10 20 120 60 10 10 40 120 480

G.53.6 Year 1

Master of Dental Surgery in Prosthodontics Modules Name / Activities Oral Biology (Incl. Anatomy & Physiology) Prosthodontics 1 Oral Pathology Periodontics and Periodontal Aspects of Implantology Radiology Prosthodontics 2 Alpha Code ORB821 PRS811 Sub-total PAT822 PER812 RAD812 PRS812 Sub-total Credits 30 90 120 15 15 5 85 120

2

39

Year 3

Modules Name / Activities Prosthodontics 3 Research Methods Prosthodontics 4 Dentistry Mini-thesis

4

Alpha Code PRS813 RMT811 Sub-total PRS814 DNT803 Sub-total TOTAL

Credits 100 20 120 80 40 120 480

G.53.6.1 Assessment PRS 814 Prosthodontics 4 (80 credits): 75% DNT803 Dentistry Mini-thesis (40 credits): 25% Continued Evaluation Logbook Assignments (including flagship cases 30% 20% Mini-thesis Paper 1 20% 25% Final examination Paper 2 Clinical case 20% 30% 25%

Oral 30%

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY – PhD (5901) G.54 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Doctor of Philosophy - PhD with a specialisation in Dentistry as indicated in G.57 G.54.1 It is possible to do a PhD degree by research in any of the disciplines offered by the Faculty of Dentistry. The research proposal must be approved by Senate. The General Rules for Doctor‟s Degree (A1, 2.1, 2.5, 3, 3.4, 4.5, 5.1, 5.5, & 6) are applicable. SELECTION

G.54.2 G.55

As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. G.56 DURATION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, the duration of the degree is subject to rule A.4.5 in the University Calendar Part 1. G.57 CURRICULUM

The PhD programme is offered in the following specialisation areas in dentistry:      Dental Public Health Forensic Dentistry Maxillofacial Radiology Oral Medicine Periodontology

40

   

Oral Medicine & Periodontology Oral Pathology Paediatric Dentistry Restorative Dentistry Num Code 582901 582902 Alpha Code DNT901 DNT902 TOTAL Cred 120 120 120

Module Name (select 1 module) 1st Enrolment Code Dentistry Doctoral Thesis 901 2nd Enrolment Code Dentistry Doctoral Thesis 902 G.58 ASSESSMENT

Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. G.59 PROGRESS RULES

Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. G.60 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION

The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN ODONTOLOGY – DSc (Odont) (5911) G.61 ADMISSION

Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the programme: Doctor of Science in Odontology - DSc (Odont) G.61.1 A prospective student should give the Faculty notice in writing, not less than one year in advance, of his/her intention to present him or herself for the degree, stating the title(s) and scope of the work(s) proposed. holds a PhD degree, or another qualification deemed by the Senate to be of equal standing has to the University‟s satisfaction, performed advanced original research and/or creative work in the field of Dentistry has published, original, research in accredited journals that are of a high standard, that deal with a central theme and that in the Senate‟s opinion are evidence that the candidate has made a contribution of substance and of high quality to the enrichment of knowledge in the field of Dentistry has been registered as a student at this University for not less than one academic year before conferment of the degree. SUBMISSION OF THESIS A candidate must submit four three copies of the thesis to the University Offices by the closing date in May (if he or she wishes to graduate in September), or mid-November (if he/she wishes to 41

G.61.2 G.61.3

G.61.4

G.61.5

G.62 G.62.1

graduate in March), including the prescribed declaration to the effect that the thesis and its publications have not previously been submitted to any university for a degree. G.62.2 If a significant portion of the works has not been published under the candidate‟s own name alone, s/he shall furnish satisfactory evidence of his/her own share in the work, who initiated the work, under whose guidance it took place, who performed the work, who put it in writing, and what part of the work, if any, has previously been submitted to the university for a degree. OPERATION OF GENERAL PROVISIONS

G.63

The General Rules for Doctor‟s Degree (A1, 2.1, 2.5, 3, 3.4, 4.5, 5.1, 5.5 & 6) are applicable.

42

UNDERG RADUATE MODUL E DESCRIPTORS Please Note: The specifications of learning time in UWC‟s module descriptors are subject to change according to circumstances such as timetabling and other practical considerations: the analysis of learning time therefore is purely indicative. However the overall number of notional learning hours for each module is linked to credit value and is therefore fixed. BChD I ALD110 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Academic Literacy Community Oral Health Academic Literacy for Oral Health Academic Literacy ALD110 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD, BOH 5 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  explain the consequence of lifestyle choices  understand and generate academic text in oral health  produce an academically acceptable document in the form of a report/essay/assignment.  prepare for examinations using appropriate study skills strategies.  use Greek and Latin roots to explain the meaning of dental terms  demonstrate word processing, presentation and basic numeracy skills using digital media.  access information electronically.  use email.  complete assessments using the Learning Management System. Life Skills  problem solving strategies  skills for a balanced lifestyle  time management  communication – public speaking and small group skills  presentation skills  stress management  conflict resolution  sexuality/HIV/AIDS education  substance abuse  assertiveness training Academic Skills  what is academic discourse  scientific writing skills (i) the discourse (ii) how to tackle assignments/essay questions (e.g. What does “critically discuss” mean?) (iii) how to structure an assignment (iv) drafting and editing assignments (v) referencing/ bibliographies  scientific reading skills 43

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

(i) critical reading skills (ii) reading academic English as a second language  note-taking skills  using the library (i) finding books/ journals (ii) using Calico (iii) using the internet for literature searches (this would be specific to the oral health sciences as opposed to the more generic skills covered in the computer module) Study Skills  examination skills  OSCE strategies Language Skills  vocabulary specific to the oral health field  Greek and Latin terms used in health science vocabulary Digital Skills  logging on and off appropriately for security purposes  word processing documents as required academically  introduce to proprietary and free and open source software (FOSS)  saving all assignments and class exercises on appropriate systems drives.  a working knowledge and application of the eLearning management system at the institution for submission of specific assignments and tasks.  responsible dissemination of electronic information conforming to such procedures of the institution.  demonstrate satisfactory presentation skills using PowerPoint or any other suitable package.  use of search engines to access relevant information: o Access relevant information o Read relevant information o Completing assessments, application of short cuts such as copy/paste, etc. o Substantiate/motivate a new or take a position of the subject matter of a controversial nature. o Introduction to basic use of spreadsheets such as Excel or Calc.  Viewing DVD‟s which highlight various aspects of HIV/Aids. Quizzes have to be completed. None None None Academic Literacy Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 hours Groupwork outside class time: 10 hours Assignments and tasks, self-study 10 hours Other: 60 hours Digital Literacy Lab time in class: 18 hours Consultation: 10 hours Practicals and viewing of CD/DVD‟s: 7 hours Test and Examinations: 5 hours Other: 40 hours Total Learning Time 100 hours There are two components to this module:

44

 Academic Literacy  Digital Literacy The components of the module are weighted 60% for the Academic Literacy and 40% for Digital Literacy. The pass mark for this module (i.e. For both components added together) is 50%. However:  A subminimum of 50% for the Academic Essay is required in order to pass the module  A subminimum of 50% for the Academic Literacy component is required in order to pass the module. Academic Literacy Component This is a yearlong component, with contact sessions in the first semester. Assessment, of both a formative and summative nature, will be continuous. There will be no final examinations as the nature of this module is developmental. Academic Essay 36% Attendance 6% Group Presentation 18% Total 60% Digital Literacy Component Word Processing 16% Theory 6% Research Topic 2% Learning Management System 8% Spreadsheet 8% Total 40% Grand total 100% LSC141 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main outcomes Cell & Molecular Biology Biodiversity and Conservation Biology Life Sciences Cell & Molecular Biology LSC141 15 Semester Semester 1 BChD

(60%) (40%)

Main content

5 At the end of the module the student will be able to: - describe cell structure, and cell function - explain molecular processes of the cell - demonstrate practical skills in microscopy - collate information from various sources and present such information in written form - Cell structure and organelles and an introduction to processes taking place in them. - DNA replication, DNA control of protein synthesis and thereby biochemical processes - Mitosis, meiosis, chromosomes and genes - Mendelian and biochemical genetics, Evolution 45

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None None None Practicals Contact time (lecturer/tutor) Self-study and assignments Examinations Total learning time Examinations Practical Tutorial

42 hours 56 hours 46 hours 6 hours 150 hours 65% 25% 10%

CHE118 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main outcomes

Chemistry for Dentistry Students Chemistry Chemistry Chemistry for Dentistry Students CHE118 15 Semester Semester 1 BChD 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the basic elements and principles of inorganic, general, and organic chemistry.  Introduction to chemistry: - periodic table - atoms molecules and ions - chemical formulae - mole concept - chemical reactions - chemical bonds - redox reactions - gases, solutions - acids and bases - hydrocarbons, alcohols and ethers, aldehydes and ketones, carboxylic acids and esters, amines and amides, carbohydrates, proteins, lipids None None None Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 48 hours Tutorials discussed 16 hours Tests and Examinations 8 hours Self-study 75 hours Total learning time 50 hours Test 1 12.25% Test 2 12.25% Test 3 12.25% Test 4 12.25% Final Test 50%

Main content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment:

46

CLD100 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Module Type Level Main outcomes

Clinical Dentistry 1 Community Oral Health Clinical Dentistry Clinical Dentistry I CLD100 15 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD P 5 On completion of the module, the student will be able to: recognise and describe oral tissues in health and disease describe the aetiology of common oral diseases and the common risk factor approach provide a brief description of tooth accumulated material explain global trends in oral health and disease across rich and poor countries compare population-wide and individual high risk strategies of oral health promotion - motivate for key concepts in the ethics of caring and health care describe ethics in health care give a brief description of the various disciplines of clinical dental practice describe the facilities and infrastructure of the main teaching bases at the University. describe the code of conduct at the Faculty of Dentistry describe basic principles and methods of infection control in the clinical environment describe concepts of oral health education and communication in dentistry. The Healthy Mouth Concepts of Common Oral Diseases Introduction to Communication and Oral Health Education Oral Self Care Practices Global Trends of Disease Infection Control in the Clinical Environment Ethics in Health Care Introduction to the Clinical setting None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 60 hours Assignments & tasks 30 hours Tests & examinations 48 hours Self-study Practicals 12 hours Other (specify) Total learning time 150 hours Continuous mark 60% (tests, assignments, clinical) Exam mark 40%

Main content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

47

HDP111 Home Department: Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main outcomes

Health, Development and Primary Health Care Faculty of Community and Health Sciences Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care HDP111 5 Term Term 2 BChD, BOH 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to: - discuss the concepts of health, development and primary health care. - explain the links between health, development and primary health care. - describe the origins and main features of comprehensive primary health care. - discuss the primary health care approach, the value of interdisciplinary and team work and the importance of community service. - demonstrate the basic rules and customs of academic study, academic language, academic argument. - Definition of Health. - Communication and Multilingualism. - Introduction to „development‟. - Introduction to Primary Health Care. - The link between Health, Development and PHC. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 16 hours Assignments & tasks 16 hours Tests & examinations 2 hours Self-study 16 hours Total learning time 50 hours Assignment 60% „Take home‟ tests 40% Human Biology for Dentistry I Medical Biosciences Human Biology Human Biology for Dentistry I HUB105 40 Semester Semester 2 BChD 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to: - Understand the importance of cells to operate within the homeostatically controlled internal environment - Describe the embryonic origins of tissues and the correlations between origin and function of tissue cells 48

Main content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

HUB105 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name HUB105 Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main outcomes

Main content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Understand the physiology of haemostasis and blood types Execute basic laboratory investigations and understand the diagnostic value of haematological parameters - Understand the cellular and biochemical basis immunological mechanisms in the body - Identify and describe the main anatomical features of structures of the thoracic cavity and relate their structure to specific functions - Describe the functional histology of, and identify, the structures of the CVS, Respiratory and Renal systems - Explain the homeostatic mechanisms of the above systems, their neural and endocrine regulation, and the dysfunctions associated with these systems - Execute basic laboratory investigations - Organization of the human body Principles of homeostatic control Review of the cell physiology Method of studying cells Early embryology Basic neurology Connective tissue histology and chemistry Functional histology of epithelia, cartilage, bone, teeth, skin, neutral tissue, the lymphatic system and muscle Electrolyte and fluid balance Blood, haemostasis, blood types, immunology and associated abnormalities Anatomy of the thorax Mechanics of breathing Organization of the CVS The cardiac cycle, Starling‟s Law and cardiac output Histology of blood vessels Haemodynamics Blood pressure Control of the CVS Cardiovascular disease Structures and histology of the respiratory system Lung volumes and composition of alveolar air Transport of O2 and CO2 Control of breathing Anatomy and Histology of the kidney Glomerular filtration Renal control of body fluids Acid-base balance None None None Formal lectures (6x1h)/wk = 84h Practicals (2x3h)/wk = 84h Tutorials (2x1h)/wk = 28h Assessments (pracs and theory) 6x1.5h = 9h Assignments & tasks 56 hours Other (specify) 139 hours (library, internet, study, administration) Total learning time 400hours Continuous assessment 50% Final examination 50% (2x 1.5h papers)

-

49

AFR120 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration: Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main outcomes

Introduction to Afrikaans Afrikaans & Nederlands Introduction to Afrikaans Introduction to Afrikaans (Dentistry) AFR120 10 Semester Semester 2 BChD 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to: - Understand the position of Afrikaans relevant to the other languages in South Africa and in the immediate professional environment - demonstrate adequate proficiency regarding the four basic language skills, i.e. listening, speaking, reading, and writing - be able to participate in elementary verbal communicative interaction in the dental care context - have the basic reading and writing skills required in the dental care context - greeting and asking after well being - getting acquainted end exchanging pleasantries - establishing a professional relationship - questions and responses - requests, suggestions, and explanations with particular emphasis on appropriate structures within the dental care context - taking leave None None None contact with lecturer/tutor 42 hours Assignments & tasks 12 hours Self-study 42 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time 100hours Continuous assessment 50% Final examination 50% Introduction to Xhosa (Dentistry) Xhosa Introduction to Xhosa Introduction to Xhosa (Dentistry) BChD - XHO120 10 Semester Semester 2 BChD 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Understand the position of Xhosa relevant to the other languages in South Africa and in the immediate professional environment  demonstrate adequate proficiency regarding the four basic 50

Main content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

XHO120 Home Department: Module Topic: Generic Module Name: Alpha-Numeric Code: Credit Value: Duration: Proposed Semester/ Term: Programmes in which the module will be offered: Level: Main outcomes:

Main content:

Pre-requisite Modules: Co-requisite Modules: Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time:

Methods of student assessment:

language skills, i.e. listening, speaking, reading, and writing be able to participate in elementary verbal communicative interaction in the dental care context have the basic reading and writing skills required in the dental care context  greeting and asking after well being  getting acquainted end exchanging pleasantries  establishing a professional relationship  questions and responses  requests, suggestions, and explanations with particular emphasis on appropriate structures within the dental care context  taking leave None None None contact with lecturer/tutor 42 hours Assignments & tasks 12 hours Self study 42 hours Practicals: Other (specify): Total learning time 100hours Continuous assessment 50% Final examination 50%     Physics for Dentistry 113 Physics Physics for Dentistry Physics for Dentistry PHY113 15 Semester Semester 1 BChD 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the basic physics concepts with regard to motion, elasticity, fluids, waves, temperature, electricity, magnetism and electromagnetism, lights, solids, and radioactivity.  explain the relationship between these physics concepts and their dental application.  work in a physics laboratory environment that draws upon the fundamentals of recording, representing and interpreting data. In the context of dental application:  Units (standards, SI system, converting units, order of magnitude)  Motion (displacement, velocity, acceleration, falling objects)  Vectors (representation, adding, subtracting, scalar product, vector product)  Force (Newton‟s 1st and 3rd laws, mass, weight)  Equilibrium (statics, equilibrium, elasticity)  Fluids (density and specific gravity, pressure, Pascal‟s Principle, measurement, flow, Bernoulli‟s Principle, viscosity, surface tension, pumps)

PHY113: Home Department: Module Topic: Generic Module Name: Alpha-Numeric Code: Credit Value: Duration: Proposed Semester/ Term: Programmes in which the module will be offered: Level: Main outcomes:

Main content:

51

Pre-requisite Modules: Co-requisite Modules: Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time:

Methods of student assessment:

 Waves (wave motion, types of waves, energy, amplitude and frequency, reflection and interference, resonance, refraction and diffraction)  Temperature (atomic theory, temperature and  thermometers, thermal expansion, thermal stress, diffusion  Electricity (charge, field, potential, currents, basic circuits)  Magnetism (magnetic fields, electric currents, force, electric charge, ampere and coulomb, ampere‟s law, torque)  Electromagnetism (electromagnetism induction (transformers, transmission of power, production of electromagnetic waves, light and electromagnetic spectrum)  Light (wave versus particles, diffraction, refraction, visible spectrum and dispersion)  Molecules and Solids (bonding in molecules, weak bonds)  Radioactivity (structure and properties of nucleus, binding energy and nuclear forces, radioactivity, alpha, beta, and gamma decay, half-life and rate of decay, radioactive dating). None None None Contact with Lecturer/Tutor 48 hours Assignments and Tasks: 5 hours Tests and Examinations: 8 hours Practicals 40 hours Self-study 33 hours Tutotorials: 16 hours Total 150 hours Tutorial Assessments 10% Tests 35% Practicals 15% Examination 40% Total 100%

BChD II BDM200 Home Department: Module Topic: Generic Module Name: Alpha-Numeric Code: Credit Value: Duration: Proposed Semester/ Term: Programmes in which the module will be offered: Level: Main outcomes: Basics of Dental Materials Restorative Basics of Dental Materials Basics of Dental Materials BDM200 5 Semester Semester 1 BChD 6 At the end of the module the student will be able to: Explain the physicochemical principles that underlie the properties of dental materials Explain the role that these properties play in the storage, handling, placement, setting and intra-oral function of that material. Handle the everyday laboratory materials gypsum and wax appropriately discuss the properties of an ideal restorative dental material classify common restorative and impression materials 52

Main content:

Pre-requisite Modules: Co-requisite Modules: Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time:

Methods of student assessment:

explain the constituents of common restorative and impressive materials The module will include: - Physical and Chemical Principles of Dental Materials:  Structure of solids (interatomic bonding, crystalline solids, nature of metals and alloys)  Mechanical properties (force, strain, stress, strain-stress curves, tensile and compressive properties, fatigue strength, hardness and abrasion resistance)  Rheological properties (viscosity, flow, visco-elasticity)  Thermal properties (conductivity and expansion)  Light, colour and colour perception (light transmission, absorption, scattering, opacity, translucency, transparency, colour measurement) - Principles of adhesion and bonding (micro-mechanical adhesion, wettability, surface energy/ surface tension, contact angle, viscosity and bonding) - Polymers and polymerization (basic nature of polymers, spatial structures, mechanisms of polymerisation) - Tarnish and Corrosion (electrochemistry, examples of corrosion, galvanic pain) - Everyday materials used for laboratory or pre-clinical/clinical procedures  Gypsum products  Waxes - Introduction and classification of impression materials - introduction and classification of common restorative dental materials, i.e. Dental amalgam, resin composites, glass ionomers None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 15 hours Assignments and tasks 15 hours Tests and examinations 5 hours Practicals Self-study 15 hours Other: please specify Total learning time 50 hours Continuous assessment (50% of final mark) Class Tests Final Examination (50% of final mark) Basis of Disease Processes Oral Pathology Pathology Basis of Disease Processes BDP220 15 Semester Semester 2 BChD 6 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the different causes (aetiology) of diseases, including microorganisms and viruses (infective aetiological factors of 53

BDP220 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

diseases) discuss the different possible events (pathogenesis) which can occur following exposure to aetiological factors and which lead to damage and/or death of cells and tissue in humans  describe the changes in normal morphology and function that can result from cell damage or cell death, and how this can cause clinical symptoms and signs  correctly use the terminology of pathology in oral and written communication  demonstrate mastery of the principles of antimicrobial therapy and hospital hygiene.  General characteristics, classification and properties of bacteria and viruses  Introduction to pathology and basic terminology  Characteristics, classification and incidence of disease  Genetic and environmental causes of disease  Diagnostic pathology in clinical practice  The laboratory diagnosis of microbiological and viral infections  Bacterial metabolism, physiology, genetics and antibiotic resistance  Pathogenicity and virulence of bacteria  Medically important bacteria, fungi and parasites  Antibacterial medications  Infection control, sterilization and disinfection  Pathogenesis and epidemiology of viral infections  Immune response to viral infections  Disorders of growth, differentiation and morphogenesis  Responses to cellular injury  Disorders of metabolism and homeostasis  Ischaemia, infarction and shock  Immunology and immunopathology  Acute and chronic inflammation  Carcinogenesis and neoplasia  Ageing and death None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: 50 hours Assignments and tasks: (group work) 21 hours Tests and examinations 6 hours Directed self-study 20 hours Practicals 8 hours Other (self-study) 45 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Tests 50% (Written = 75 marks + Practical = 25 marks) Final Examination (100 marks) 50%  Clinical Dentistry II Oral Medicine and Periodontology Clinical Dentistry Clinical Dentistry II CLD200 54

CLD200 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code

Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

30 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 6 On completion of the module, the student will be able to: Oral Disease and Prevention  Describe and discuss the anatomy and biology of the periodontium  Describe tooth accumulated material  Classify periodontal disease and identify the related etiology  Identify and describe the clinical and radiographic presentation of periodontal disease and dental caries  Identify and discuss the main tooth stains and discolourations  Identify, discuss and implement fluoride as a preventative measure  Discuss fissure sealants as a preventative measure  Interpret a dietary analysis sheet, perform a dietary analysis and provide appropriate recommendations as a preventative measure for dental caries  Explain and demonstrate the techniques used for the care of dental appliances  Describe and demonstrate the techniques and mechanisms used for mechanical and chemical control of plaque biofilm  Create and illustrate appropriate educational aids for both individuals and groups  Perform a basic screening and provide education in a school environment  Identify and describe basic oral medicine cases Patient Management  Discuss and apply various communication skills to effectively converse with a patient  Identify the purpose of history taking and implement the different techniques used  Comprehensively record and interpret a patient‟s history such as medical, dental and personal by using a systemic approach  Comprehend and conduct an extra-oral and intra-oral examination  Make a diagnosis and draw up an appropriate treatment plan  Describe the criteria and sequence when drawing up a treatment plan Clinical Environment  Describe the role of the oral health team in South Africa  Explain and apply the principles of confidentiality and other ethical issues around the importance of patient care  Describe in detail the infection control and sterilization procedures and apply it in a clinical environment  Recognize and apply the correct clinical protocol, instrumentation and use of clinical equipment during patient management  Recognize, discuss and manage emergencies in dentistry Clinical Practice  Implement patient management, clinical environmental procedures and incorporate preclinical periodontal techniques as a practical component for patient care Oral Disease and Prevention  Patterns and measurement of oral disease in South Africa  Review anatomy and biology of the periodontium 55

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Review tooth accumulated materials  Periodontal disease classification and etiology  Radiological interpretation of caries and periodontal disease  Stains and discolourations  Fluoride  Fissure sealants  Diet and dental caries  Care of appliances  Mechanical and chemical control of plaque  Development of educational material  Education in a school environment  Introduction to oral medicine Patient Management  Patient communication  Interviews and History taking  Sequence of folder write-up  Oral examinations – Extra and Inter oral  Diagnosis and Treatment Planning Clinical Environment  The dentist in South Africa  Infection control and principles of sterilization  Clinical protocol and orientation  Emergency medicine Clinical Practice  Clinical management of a patient in conjunction with preclinical periodontal technique procedures None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: 120 hours Assignments and tasks: 30 hours Tests and examinations 10 hours Self- study 20 hours Practicals/Clinicals 120 hours Other (self-study) Total learning time: 300 hours Continuous assessment 60% (tests, assignments, educational project, clinical mark) 40% Final Examination Human Biology for Dentistry II Medical Biosciences Human Biology Human Biology for Dentistry II HUB205 40 Semester Semester 1 BChD 6 On completion of the module, the student should:  Explain the role of nutrition in health. 56

HUB205 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

                         

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

      None None None Formal lectures Practicals Tests and examinations Assessments (pracs and theory) Assignments & task Other (specify) (library, internet, study, administration) 57

Relate the anatomy of the GIT, and associated structures, to the mechanisms of motility, secretion, digestion and absorption. Understand the neural and endocrine control of the processes of the digestive system Describe the functional anatomy and histology of the major endocrine glands and the reproductive systems Describe calcium and phosphorous metabolism, its hormonal control and bone metabolism. Understand the physiology and physical mechanisms that maintain thermal homeostasis Describe the menstrual cycle and hormonal context of pregnancy, lactation, contraception and HRT Understand the development of the head, neck and central nervous system of the fetus. Understand the anatomy of the head and neck with emphasis on the oral and peri-oral region. Understand the important functional pathways of the central nervous system Have an integrated understanding of the structure and function of the central nervous system. Understand the cranial nerves Body composition nervous system Nutrients and non-nutrients in diet Anatomy/histology of the GIT Mastication and swallowing Histology and physiology of salivary glands, stomach, pancreas, liver, biliary system, intestines Review of metabolism. Insulin and glucagon Diabetes mellitus Calcium and bone metabolism Hypothalamic and pituitary hormones Temperature regulation Adrenal glands Menstrual cycle Hormones in pregnancy, lactation, contraception and HRT Overview of the male reproductive system Developmental embryology of the head, neck and central nervous system Gross anatomy of the head and neck region The cranial nerves The functional units of the central nervous system Structure and function of sensory pathways Structure and function of motor pathways The Autonomic system

(6 x 1h)/wk = 84h (2 x 3h)/wk = 84h (2 x 1h)/wk = 28h (6 x 1.5h)/wk = 9h 56 hours 39 hours

Methods of student assessment

Total learning time: Continuous assessment Final Examination (2 x 1.5h papers) Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Community Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion HPD111 10 Term Term 3 BChD, BOH

400 hours 50% 50%

HPD111 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

5 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  explain the main approaches to health promotion  describe health promotion in the social, political and environmental context  apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools  critically reflect on their community- based experience  background and history of health promotion and health promoting schools  the theory and application of health promotion models  importance of assessing information for health promotion  the role of the media in health promotion  the planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing an action plan, project implementation and methods of evaluation None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 28 hours Assignments and tasks 30 hours Practicals 21 hours Self-study 21 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assignments: 60% Examinations 40% Non-Invasive and Minimally Invasive Restorative Dentistry Conservative Dentistry Non-Invasive and Minimally Invasive Restorative Dentistry Non-Invasive and Minimally Invasive Restorative Dentistry NRT220 10 Semester Semester 2 BChD 6 58

NRT220 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

On completion of this module, the student will be able to  discuss the dynamic nature of the caries process  implement a re-mineralization strategy  institute a preventive programme  restore irreversible lesions with the ART technique and minimally invasive restorative techniques  review of dental caries  review – role of fluoride  introduction to dental materials concentrating on the resin based materials and glass ionomers  principles of cavity preparation for minimally invasive restorations None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor 16 hours Tests & examinations 4 hours Self-study 20 hours Practicals 40 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 100 hours Tests and assignments 25% Quotas (qualitative and quantitative) 35% Examination 40% Journals 15% Pass mark: 50% in coursework to sit for examination and 50% in final examination. Oral Biology Diagnostic Cluster Oral Biology Oral Biology OBI210 25 Year Semester 1&2 BChD 6 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  describe the development and clinical genetics of the oral activity and related structures  describe and illustrate the normal macroscopic, microscopic and molecular features of the oral cavity and related structures  explain the relationship between structure and functions of all the soft and hard tissues of the oro-facial complex  explain the application of all the above in clinical dentistry  Identify individual human teeth and place them in the correct position in the relevant arch  Describe the morphology of any given human tooth for maxillary and mandibular arches from the central incisor to the second molar  Draw the teeth, illustrating the salient morphological properties 59

OBI210 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Construct in wax, on a given model, any tooth which is required  Explain the importance of curvatures and the position of the contact areas. The following topics will be covered:  general craniofacial embryology and structure  bone  odontogenisis and microscopic structure of dental tissue  the periodontium  tooth eruption  the sensitivity of teeth  the oral mucosa  the salivary glands and saliva  the temporomandibular joint (tmj)  lymphoid structures of the oral cavity  Relevant terminology to describe hard and soft tissue of the oral cavity  Significance of tooth morphology  Morphology of individual teeth  Methods of identifying and locating teeth  Drawing teeth  Modeling teeth in wax None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 110 hours Assignments & tasks 60 hours Practicals 35 hours Assessment 20 hours Self study 25 hours Total learning time: 250 hours Continuous Assessment 50% Final examinations 50% Pre-clinical Periodontic Techniques Oral Medicine & Periodontology Pre-Clinical Periodontic Techniques Pre-Clinical Periodontic Techniques PPT211 10 Term Semester 1 BChD 6 On completion of this module, the student should be able to:  Discuss the rationale for performance of selected clinical procedures  Identify and demonstrate the application of instruments used for the purpose of oral prophylaxis  Describe and demonstrate the scaling technique  Describe and demonstrate the sharpening techniques for various hand instruments used for periodontic therapy  Explain and demonstrate the use of ultra-sonic and sonic scaling 60

PPT211 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main outcomes

Main content

       

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment PRT200 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

 None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Tests & examinations Self-study Practicals/clinical Other (specify) Total learning time  Coursework Prosthetics Techniques Prosthetic Dentistry Prosthetic Techniques Prosthetic Techniques PRT200 10 Term Semester 2 BChD

equipment Explain and demonstrate the technique of air polishing devices The purpose for oral prophylaxis Significance of dental plaque and calculus Methods of calculus detection Types of instruments for scaling Scaling technique Instrument sharpening Adjunctive instrumentation to manual scaling (ultra-sonic and sonic instrumentation) Selective polishing

20 hours 4 hours 6 hours 70 hours 100 hours 100% (tests, assignments, practicals)

Main Content

6 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  describe all the procedures involved in the construction of complete prostheses  identify the anatomy of denture bearing areas and arch forms  identify and classify jaw relationships  demonstrate the technical skills to perform all the procedures involved in the construction of removable prostheses  classify and compare articulators  recognize and correct common faults /errors during the laboratory construction and wear of removable prostheses  discuss the materials used in complete removable denture construction (incl. waxes, gypsum , acrylic teeth)  Pouring and construction of models  Construction of special trays  Boxing-in techniques of final impressions  Construction of trial bases and record blocks  Articulation of models  Setting of artificial teeth  Final waxing of trial dentures, flasking, investing, deflasking, remounting, finishing and polishing. 61

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Repairs of dentures None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 25 hours Assignments & tasks 10 hours Tests & examinations 5 hours Self-study 10 hours Practicals 50 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 100 hours Achievement of laboratory quota 60% (subminimum = 50%) Test and assignments 40% Examination Radiation Physics Department of Physics Radiation Physics Radiation Physics RAP220 5 Semester Semester 2 BChD 6 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the interaction of radiation with matter.  describe the instrumentation used to produce x-rays  discuss the factors affecting the quality of x-rays  discuss the factors affecting the quality of x-ray images  explain the biological effects and measurement of radiation.  Structure of matter: the atom, atomic energy levels, electromagnetic radiation, production of x-rays  The x-ray tube: the anode, cathode, transformers, voltage rectification, basic x-ray circuit  Physics of x-ray production: Bremsstrahlung, characteristic x-rays, x-ray energy spectrum, operating characteristics  Interaction of radiation with matter: ionisation, photoelectric effect, Compton scattering, pair production  Production of x-ray images: image formation and contrast  Factors affecting the quality of x-ray images: radiographic contrast, scattered radiation and contrast, radiographic receptors  Measurement of absorbed dose: absorbed dose, dose measurements  Radiation protection: patient exposure and protection, personnel exposure and protection None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 20 hours Tutorials 5 hours 62

RAP220 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Assignments and tasks Tests Self-study Other (specify) Total learning time: Tests Tutorials and assignments Radiographic Techniques I Diagnostics and Radiology Radiographic Techniques Radiographic Techniques I RAT200 5 Semester Semester 2 BChD

5 hours 3 hours 17 hours 50 hours 90% 10%

RAT200 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

6 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Trace the progress of radiographs from discovery to the present  Describe the construction and composition of radiographic film  Describe and apply the rationale for infection control  Identify and explain the appearance of the relevant anatomical landmarks as seen on different radiographic views  Origin of Dental Radiography  The Radiographic Film  Intra-oral Radiographic Techniques  Infection Control in Dental Radiography  Normal Radiographic Anatomy None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 10 hours Assignments and tasks 5 hours Tests & examinations 5 hours Self-study 5 hours Practicals 25 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Coursework mark 50% (tests, practical) Examination 50%

BChD III ORT320 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the Basic Orthodontics Orthodontics Basic Orthodontics Basic Orthodontics ORT320 10 Semester Semester 2 BChD 63

module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  design and construct removable orthodontic appliances  fabricate study models  use specific types of removable appliances  recognize faults in appliance design and fabrication  describe the principles of growth and development of the skull and face  explain the relevance of growth and development to clinical orthodontics  Fabrication of the following components of removable appliances; Active components, retentive components, baseplate, addition of bite planes, soldering and welding  Development of the dentition and occlusion  Fabrication of prescribed removable appliances  Physiological basis of growth  Variables affecting growth  Timing of growth  Theories of growth  Growth and development of the calvaria  Growth and development of the cranial base  Growth and development of the nasomaxillary complex  Growth and development of the mandible  Growth rotations of the face None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 10 hours Assignments and tasks Tests & examinations 2 hours Self-study 8 hours Practicals 80 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Tests/Assignment: 50% Examination 50% Common Systems-Based Infections Medical Biosciences Common Systems-Based Infections Common Systems-Based Infections MIC312 10 Term Term 1 BChD 7 The learner will understand:  the causative agent  reservoir  mode of transmission  pathogenesis  treatment and control measures for the major infectious 64

MIC312 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

diseases of the body systems Bacterial, viral, fungal and protozoal infection of:  the body‟s surfaces and skeletal system (skin, eye, bone and joint infections)  Respiratory tract (common cold, influenza, bronchitis, pneumonia, tuberculosis, SARS)  the digestive system (oral cavity and salivary glands, peptic ulcer disease, diarrhoea, dysentery, food intoxication)  the genito-urinary tract (cystitis, pyelonephritis, sexually transmitted diseases)  the cardiovascular (pericarditis, endocarditis) and lymphatic systems  the central nervous system (meningitis, encephalitis)  common childhood infections (whooping cough, measles, mumps. Chickenpox, croup, diphtheria, rubella)  fever of unknown origin None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 50 hours Assignments and tasks 10 hours Tests & examinations included in lecture time Self-study 25 hours Practicals included in contact time Other (specify) library, internet, 15 hours administration Total learning time: 100 hours CEM 50% (OSCE, tests, project) Exam 50% (2x 1½ hour papers for 50 marks each) Conservative Dentistry I Conservative Dentistry Conservative Dentistry Conservative Dentistry I CON300 15 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  diagnose and treat patients for basic restorative dentistry using all direct restorative materials  interpret failures in restorative dentistry and manage appropriately  clinical diagnosis and management of the caries process  clinical handling of direct restorative materials  modification of cavity preparations to accommodate variability in the clinical situation  clinical relevance of dental materials None None

CON300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules

65

Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Assignments and tasks Clinical contact time Self study Tests and examinations Other (specify) Total learning time: Tests and Assignments Quotas (qualitative and quantitative) Clinical Examination Theory and OSCE examination Dental Materials Restorative Cluster Dental Materials Dental Materials DMT300 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD

26 hours 18 hours 74 hours 26 hours 6 hours 150 hours 50% 15% 5% 30%

DMT300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  differentiate between the various groups of dental materials and their clinical uses  select appropriate material/s for specific clinical situations  handle dental materials appropriately according to the type of material and according to their clinical situation  explain and apply understandings of the effects of occlusal forces and other intra-oral factors on successful placement, durability, and biological compatibility of dental materials for dental prostheses The module will include  introduction to the mechanical and chemical properties and the use of dental materials  bio-compatibility concerns of dental materials (i.e., their toxic potential, allergic potential, influence on human tissue and environmental concerns)  adhesion to tooth structure, and influencing factors  composition, setting reaction, properties, uses and handling of the following direct restorative materials (i) dentinal bonding agents (ii) composite resin restorative materials (iii) cavity liners and base materials (iv) temporary restorative materials (v) amalgams (vi) compomers (vii) glass-ionomers (viii) resin-modified glass-ionomers  the appropriate use and maintenance of curing lights  everyday materials needed/used for laboratory procedures and prosthetic dentistry  gypsum products 66

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Assignments and tasks Test and Examinations Self study Practicals Other (please specify) Total learning time: Continuous Assessment (60% of final mark) Examination (40% of final mark) Dental Pharmacology Pharmacy / Pharmacology Dental Pharmacology Dental Pharmacology PCL305 20 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD

32 hours 8 hours 4 hours 40 hours 16 hours 0 hours 100 hours

PCL305 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

7 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Discuss the basic principles of drug action  Discuss drugs used in Dentistry  Discuss general drugs  Explain the P-drug concept  Apply the pharmacotherapy of selected disease states in a clinical setting  Basic pharmacodynamics  Qualitative pharmacokinetics  Aspects of pharmacotherapeutics  Chemical transmission and the autonomic nervous system  Autocoids  NSAIDs  Antimicrobial chemotherapy  Cancer chemotherapy  Drugs and the immune system  Drugs acting on the cardiovascular system  Hormones  Drugs acting on the Endocrine system  Drugs acting on the Central Nervous System  Drugs used in Gout  Analgesics  Respiratory drugs  Drugs and the GIT  Antimicrobial chemotherapy  Antihelmintic drugs  Drugs affecting the fluid and salt balance  Vitamins  The P-drug concept and basic principles of pharmacotherapy  Review of the pharmacotherapy of selected disease states 67

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Practicals: Clinical skills and case studies None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Practicals Assignments/tasks Self study Tests and examinations Total learning time: Semester mark  4 class tests  Practicals (OSCEs)  Weekly assessment Examination Invasive Restorative Techniques Conservative Dentistry Invasive Restorative Techniques Invasive Restorative Techniques IRT310 10 Semester Semester 1 BChD

120 hours 15 hours 20 hours 40 hours 5 hours 200 hours 50% 60% 20% 20% 50%

IRT310 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to  use rotary instruments for cavity preparation  prepare cavities for the different direct restorative materials  use appropriate bases and liners and restore cavities with direct restorative materials  principles of cavity preparation  dental materials (i) liners and bases (ii) amalgam (iii) composites  criteria for the selection of restorative materials None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 16 hours Assignments & tasks 15 hours Tests & examinations 4 hours Self study 20 hours Practicals 45 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 100 hours Tests and Assignments 30% Quotas (qualitative and quantitative) 25% Practical Examination 15% Theory and OSCE Examination 30%

68

MFS300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery I Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery MFS300 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  take a detailed history of a patient  conduct a thorough intra and extra-oral examination  order appropriate special investigations  generate a differential diagnosis  discuss how local anaesthetics work and describe their effects  administer a local anaesthetic solution  recognize a complication of administering a solution  recognise and manage adverse reactions to local anaesthetics  recognise and manage syncopy  discuss the principles and perform cardio pulmonary resuscitation  identify and discuss the various instruments used in exodontia  perform exodontia  suture an extraction socket  manage complications of exodontias History taking  Basic examination of patient – extra oral and intra oral  Special investigations - radiographs (i) Lab Tests  Infection Control  Relevant anatomy  Pharmacology of local anaesthesia  Techniques - infiltration (i) block  Adverse reactions to local anaesthetics  Complications to local anaesthetics  C.P.R.  Instrumentation  Exodontia – principles  Clotting mechanisms  Wound healing  Complications of exodontia  Suturing techniques  Suture materials None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 20 hours Tests / Exams 5 hours Practical / Demonstrations 75 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Clinical Assessment/Test 50% 69

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Examination MHD320 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Measuring Health and Disease Department of Community Oral Health Epidemiology Measuring Health and Disease MHD320 10 B Semester 2 BChD, BOH

50%

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

7 On completion of the module, the student will be able to  critically review and interpret basic epidemiological texts  describe the community in relation to a variety of epidemiological indicators to measure the occurrence of healthrelated states in populations, including the causes of death and disability  assess the quality and relevance of data used to describe community health and illness  carry out a simple health research project  utilise a range of resources such as the library, health journals, interviews and computers in the process of epidemiological research  work in a cross-disciplinary group using effective time management, organisational and communication skills and  prepare a research report/poster of a standard acceptable for publication or presentation at a Faculty, Community or University research forum  Descriptive epidemiology  i) What is epidemiology? ii) Demography, Rates, Indicators and Outbreaks. iii) Study designs, Screening and surveillance. iv) Natural history of disease. Causation  Basic Statistics for Health Research i) Types of data and measures of central tendency ii) Using measures of dispersion. iii) Test for association between two variables.  Health Research Methods i) Planning a study. ii) Sampling and data collection. iii) Critical journal reading. iv) Report-writing and communication.  Computer Skills for Research i) Computer basics and word processing ii) Access Internet information iii) Spreadsheets and graphics iv) EpiInfo 2000 None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 40 hours Assignments & tasks 15 hours Tests & examinations 2 hours 70

Methods of student assessment

Self-study Practicals Other: Organising research logistics Total learning time: Test 1 Test 2 Assignment Assignment mark determined by: - Group poster - Peer groups and staff marking of poster. - Peer evaluation of individual group member‟s contribution used as a modifier in some cases.

18 hours 20 hours 5 hours 100 hours 25% 25% 50%

OMP300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Oral Medicine and Periodontology I Department of Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontology OMP300 20 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 7 On completion of this module, the student should be able to: Periodontology:  define and describe dental plaque, plaque biofilm, calculus and gingival crevicular fliud and explain the structure and composition of each  explain the aetiology, pathogenesis, microbiology and epidemiology of periodontal disease  make a diagnosis and compose a treatment plan related to indices, medical history, dental history, clinical and radiographic features  explain appropriate management and treatment of periodontal disease  select appropriate management and treatment of periodontal disease  define, identify clinically, and explain occlusal trauma and the management thereof Oral Medicine:  define, identify clinically, and explain the oral manifestations of HIV and associated periodontal disease  define, classify, describe, and identify clinically lesions of the oral mucosa (such as ulcerations, candida, lichen planus, white lesions, red lesions, gingival bleeding and gingival enlargements)  make a differential diagnosis, and describe the treatment options for each of the above lesions. Periodontology:  aetiology, classification, pathogenesis, microbiology, epidemiology and radiography of periodontal disease  periodontal screening 71

Main Content

   

management and treatment planning of patients with periodontal disease root planning chemotherapeutic agents in periodontal disease occlusal trauma

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Assessment Module type MBS323 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Oral Medicine:  oral manifestations of hiv and associated periodontal disease  oral ulcerations  oral candida  oral lichen planus  white lesions  red lesions  gingival bleeding and enlargements None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 30 hours Assignments & tasks 20 hours Tests & examinations 12 hours Self-study 78 hours Practicals/clinicals 60 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 200 hours Coursework 2 class tests on various topics in the discipline of periodontology and oral medicine 2 assignments (1 on periodontology component and 1 on oral medicine component) Weekly clinical assessment of patient management 1 oral medicine case study Year mark = 60% (Theory 50% + Clinical 50%) of the final mark. Final examination = 40% of the final mark. Continuous and final examination Medical Bioscience 323 Medical Biosciences Oral Manifestations of Infectious Diseases Oral Manifestations of Infectious Diseases MBS323 10 Term Term 3 BChD 7 Learners should:  understand the oral environment and the role played by the normal oral flora and the dental plaque in health and disease  Be familiar with the oral manifestations of HIV and other infectious diseases  Interpret microbiological tests used in clinical diagnosis of oral infections 72

Main Content

      

Oral ecosystem and dental plaque Microbiology of dental caries Microbiology of periodontal disease (prepubertal, juvenile, adult, pregnancy and HIV –associated) Dentoalveolar infections (dentoalveolar abscess, Ludwig‟s angina, periodontal abscess, suppurative osteomyelitis of the jaws, cervicofacial actinomycosis) Oral mucosal infections (candidiasis, herpetic stomatitis, varicella-zoster infection, coxsackie A virus infection, measles) Oral manifestations of important bacterial infections (syphilis, tuberculosis, leprosy, gonorrhoea) Salivary gland infections (viral and bacterial parotitis, sialadenitis)

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Assignments & tasks Tests & examinations included in lecture time Self-study Practicals included in contact time Other (specify) library, internet administration Total learning time: CEM 50 (tests, assignments, OSCE) Exam 50% (2 x 1½ hour papers for 50 marks each)

50 hours 10 hours

25 hours 15 hours 100 hours

PMG310 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Principles of Medicine and General Surgery for Dentists Maxillofacial and Oral Surgery Principles of Medicine and General Surgery for Dentists Principles of Medicine and General Surgery for Dentists PMG310 15 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 7 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  collect, record, and communicate clinical information in a systematic manner  perform a physical examination on a clothed patient  identify relevant laboratory investigations and perform HB and HGT tests  explain the rationale underlying collection of medical and surgical information  use information from patient history and examination to identify medical and surgical abnormalities  recognize a cardio-respiratory arrest and perform basic CPR  relates clinical features of common medical and surgical conditions with underlying systemic pathology  general principles of history-taking

Main Content

73

 

 

 

general principles of physical examination the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal cardio vascular system and the disorders  Abnormal pulse (basic principles)  Hypertension  Heart failure  Cardiac arrest  Heart valve lesions (basic principles)  Rheumatic disease, infective endocarditis the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal respiratory system and the disorders  Respiratory failure  Pneumothorax  Obstructive lung disease  DVT and Pulmonary embolism the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal alimentary system and the disorders  Liver failure  Hepatitis the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal genito-renal system and the disorders  Renal failure the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal nervous system and the disorders  Head injuries  Strokes  Epilepsy (Grand Mal) the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal musculoskeletal system and the disorders  Spinal cord injuries the basic clinical signs and symptoms of the normal haematological system and the disorders  Anaemias  Platelet disorders  Leukemias  Bleeding disorders integration of history and examination for the medical and surgical patient including  The skin  Eyes and ears  Neck (Lymph nodes & Thyroid) side room investigations  Haemoglobin  Haematocrit  Blood glucose (for DM)  Urine tests (“Dipstix”) diagnostic investigations  Full blood count  INR, PTT and bleeding time test  Serum electrolytes  Renal function  Liver function  CRP and sedimentation rate  HIV, hepatitis, syphilis tests  Chest radiography  MCS of urine/blood 74

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Practicals/bed-side teaching Self-study /Assignment tasks Tests & examinations Total learning time: 2 Assignments (Journal record case write up) OSCE/practical evaluation Written examination (end of module) Total Prosthetic Dentistry I Prosthetic Dentistry Introduction to Removable Complete Dentures Prosthetic Dentistry I PRO300 15 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 7 

30 hours 20 hours 30 hours 20 hours 100 hours 50% 25% 25% 100%

PRO300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

     

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

             None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Assignments & tasks 75

On completion of this module, the student will be able to: recognize the value of any existing dentures recognize the influence of complete dentures on the remaining soft tissue and the underlying bone describe the biological basis and biomechanical aspects of denture stability describe and demonstrate the clinical steps and techniques involved in the construction of removable complete dentures recognise limiting anatomical features to the construction of complete dentures recognise and demonstrate basic post-insertion problems and conditions with underlying systemic pathology Biological basis of denture support and retention Oral anatomical landmarks and features History, examination and treatment planning Factors affecting outcome of treatment (prognosis) Consequences of tooth loss Clinical techniques, procedures and materials Denture hygiene and maintenance instruction Residual ridge resorption Denture related lesions Common faults in denture construction Arch forms and neutral zone Occlusion Repairs

35 hours 8 hours

Methods of student assessment

Tests & examinations Self-study Practicals / Clinicals Other (Audiovisual Aids) Total learning time: Achievement of Minimum Clinical Quota (subminimum = 50%) Clinical Assessment /Tests / Assignments Examination Radiographic Techniques II Diagnostics and Radiology Radiographic Techniques I Radiographic Techniques II RAT300 5 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD

8 hours 14 hours 77 hours 8 hours 150 hours

60% 40%

RAT300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Explain to the patient the radiographic views to be done as well as the reason for taking them  Produce the appropriate radiographic views in any specific clinical situation  Handle and process an unexposed film to produce a radiograph of high diagnostic quality  Identify technique and processing errors and know the cause and correction of these errors  Describe the radiographic interpretation of caries  Describe the clinical and radiographic appearance of periodontal disease  Film Handling and Processing  Radiographic Anatomy of the skull and jaws  Film handling and intra-oral processing errors  Intra- oral and extra-oral Radiographic Techniques  Diagnostic Quality of Radiographs  Radiographic interpretation of caries and periodontal disease None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 10 hours Assignments & tasks 5 hours Tests & examinations 5 hours Self-study 5 hours Practicals 25 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Test 50% Examinations 50% A student who obtains a coursework mark of 60% or more may be exempted from the final examination. 76

PAT310 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Systemic Pathology Oral Pathology Systemic Pathology Systemic Pathology PAT310 10 Semester Semester 1 BChD 7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  categorise and explain the nature of various disease states commonly encountered in the human body at an organosystemetic level  competently identify and describe the morphology, aetiology and underlying general principles operating in disease within the major organ systems of the body  explain the relationship between pathological processes at cellular level and their manifestation at an organosystemic level  relate the microscopic cellular changes occurring in organs in which pathological processes are occurring to the macroscopic appearance of morbid anatomical specimens  relate basic disease states at a cellular level and grasp anatomical level to the overt clinical signs and symptoms seen in those disorders  Disorders of the nervous system  Cardiovascular abnormalities  Disorders of bone and joints  Disorders of skin  Respiratory disorders  Disorders of the kidneys  Hematopoietic and lymphoid diseases  Endocrine abnormalities  Gastrointestinal disorders  Hepatobiliary disorders  Blood and bone marrow pathology None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 40 hours Tutorials 40 hours Tests & examinations 5 hours Self-study 15 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assessment will be as follows: Attendance of at least 80% of lectures and tutorials is required to write the final examination Continuous Assessment 50% (Tests and Assignments) Final Examination 50% (Written Paper, OSCE and Oral Examination)

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

77

SSD320 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Social Science and Dentistry Community Oral Health Social Science and Dentistry Social Science and Dentistry SSD320 10 Semester Semester 2 BChD 7 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  identify special care groups in the community  identify factors which put these groups at risk for poor general and oral health  recognise the problems and concerns experienced by these groups  adapt clinical practice in ways that are appropriate to the problems specific to these groups  manage the special needs of these groups  explain the legal rights of special care groups and report human rights abuses  recognise determinants of health and ill-health This module covers topics broadly related to special needs groups and explores the issues which affect them:  Women‟s health and gender issues  Children‟s rights, child abuse and child behaviour in the dental setting  Geriatric health, access to health care facilities  Medically compromised patients  Physically and mentally challenged patients None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 40 hours 2 Assignments 30 hours Tests 15 hours Self-study 15 hours Total learning time: 100 hours 2 Assignments 50% Seminar presentation 20% Test 40%

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

BChD IV AMD400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Advanced Dental Materials Conservative Dentistry Advanced Dental Materials Advanced Dental Materials AMD400 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD

78

Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  differentiate between the various groups of advanced dental materials and their clinical uses  select appropriate material/s for specific clinical situations  handle advanced dental materials appropriately according to the type of material and according to their clinical situation  explain and take into account the effects of occlusal forces and other intra-oral factors on successful placement, durability, and biological compatibility of advanced dental materials for both fixed and removable prosthodontics The module will include  introduction to the classification, mechanical and chemical properties and the use of advanced dental materials  classification, composition, properties, uses and handling of the following indirect restorative materials  porcelain systems  ceramics  metal alloys  conventional endodontic post systems  aesthetic post systems  core materials for endodontic post systems  soft bases in prosthetics  classification, composition, setting reaction, properties, uses and handling of the following advanced restorative materials  temporary restorative materials  luting cements  bite registration materials in fixed and removable prosthodontics  everyday materials needed/used for laboratory procedures in fixed and removable prosthodontics  classification, properties, handling of vital bleaching agents patient selection for vital bleaching procedures None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 40 hours 2 Assignments 30 hours Tests 15 hours Self-study 15 hours Total learning time: 100 hours 2 Assignments 50% Seminar presentation 20% Test 40% Anaesthesiology and Sedation Diagnostics and Radiology Anaesthesiology and Sedation Anaesthesiology and Sedation ANS400 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD

ANS400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered

79

Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment    

  

8 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  evaluate a patient before anaesthesia and operation  explain the practice of anaesthesia, including drug usage, preparation and choices of patients, techniques and complications  competently administer conscious sedation in dental practice  administer life support in both anaesthesia and emergency situations The following topics will be covered:  physiology – cardiovascular, central nervous and respiratory systems  conscious sedation, including relative analgesia – background, equipment, patients, techniques, etc.  pharmacology related to anaesthesia  premedication; muscle relaxants and endotracheal intubation  operating theatre techniques and the anaesthetic theatre machines  conduct of anaesthesia; monitoring and post-operative care  anaesthetic complications; cardio-pulmonary resuscitation  anaphalaxis, allergy and the toxic effects of local anaesthetic drugs None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 50 hours Assignments & tasks 10 hours Tests & examinations 10 hours Self-study 15 hours Practicals 15 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 100 hours Clinical requirements: The student must: attend demonstrations of conscious sedation, endotracheal intubation, operating theatre techniques and cardio-pulmonary resuscitation personally administer conscious sedation to at least three patients observe the administration of at least three general anaesthetics, including induction and recovery attend lectures at the clinical skills laboratory where they will learn how to do intravenous cannulation, take blood pressures and examine a patient Each of the above cases must be recorded and signed by the Anaesthetic Supervisor/ Doctor. A clinical mark will be given based on practical work done. Additional requirements: two semester tests – one near the end of each semester each student must submit at least one completed assignment 1X3 hour written examination at the end of the course 80

oral and/or clinical examinations where required Year mark will be made up of: Clinical involvement: Assignment: Semester tests: Written examination:

10% 10% 20% 60%

CON400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Conservative Dentistry II Restorative Cluster Conservative Dentistry II Conservative Dentistry II CON400 15 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 the student should:  manage aesthetically demanding patients  plan and manage extensive posterior restorations  treat patients requiring direct complex anterior and posterior aesthetic restorations  assess and manage the patient requiring vital bleaching procedure  plan treatment of patients requiring indirect restorations  integrate the principles of occlusion within the clinical casebased setting  principles of direct posterior restorations  principles of indirect aesthetic posterior restorations  elements of aesthetics  principles of vital bleaching  maintenance of the integrity of the arch with direct restorations  principles of occlusion None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 30 hours Assignments & tasks 3 hours Tests & examinations 10 hours Practical Time 7 hours Clinical Time 100 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Continuous Assessment (60% of final mark) Written tests, clinical tests, clinical work, OSCE‟s Final Examination ( 40% of final mark) Written examination 60% OSCE examination 40% Dental Research Community Oral Health Dental Research Dental Research 81

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

DRE410 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name

Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

DRE410 5 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 On completion of the module, the student will be able to  define a research problem, and describe the related aims and objectives  write a literature review on the selected research topic  prepare a viable research protocol  implement the research project  prepare a written research report  present the research findings to Faculty  prepare the research as an article for publication Research topics will come from all disciplinary areas of dentistry and public health. Main module content will include  defining research problems, aims and objectives  writing a literature review  preparing research protocols  implementing a research project and conducting research  written research reports  presenting research findings  preparing research findings for publication None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 7 hours (Each student doing this module will be allocated a supervisor drawn from the combined disciplines and clusters within the Faculty) Searching, reading and writing tasks 30 hours Data collection 10 hours Presentation 3 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Assessment will be both formative and 60% summative. The cumulative summative marks 40% will total 100%.  Aims and objectives: Formative assessment  Literature review: Summative assessment  Research protocol: Summative assessment  Implement project: Formative assessment  Written report: Summative assessment  Presentation: Formative assessment  Publication: Formative assessment Diagnostics and Radiology Diagnostics and Radiology Diagnostics and Radiology Diagnostics and Radiology RAD400 82

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

RAD400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code

Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to: i) recognize the radiological features of the various disease processes affecting the teeth and jaws. ii) General principles of radiological interpretations  Radiological interpretations of: Dental anomalies Regressive changes of the dentition Infections and inflammations Cysts of the jaws Conditions of the maxillary sinuses Benign tumours of the jaws Malignant tumours of the jaws Diseases of bone manifested in the jaws Temporomandibular joint Soft tissue calcification Trauma to the teeth and facial structures Syndromes affecting the jaws None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 30 hours Assignments and tasks 10 hours Tests and Examination 15 hours Self-study 20 hours Practicals 30 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 100 hours Coursework 50% (tests, assignments, clinical work, OSCEs) Examination 50% Endodontics Restorative Cluster Endodontics Endodontics END400 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 On completion of this module, the student should be able to:  diagnose and treat an endodontically involved tooth  use hand and rotary instruments for the treatment of endodontically involved teeth  restore endodontically treated teeth with conservative techniques  pulp pathology, histology and morphology 83

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

END400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 isolation and management of the pulp  endodontic instrumentation (manual and rotary)  endodontic medicaments  post endodontic restorative options  assessment and management of endodontic failures None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 30 hours Assignments and tasks 6 hours Tests and Examination 4 hours Self-study 10 hours Practicals 20 hours Clinical contact time 30 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Tests and Assignments 30% Quotas (preclinical) 10% Quotas (clinical) 10% Theory and OSCE examination 50% Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery II Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery Maxillo-facial and Oral Surgery II MFS400 20 Year P BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Examine the maxillofacial and oral surgical patient  Manage patients with maxillofacial and oral/dental trauma  Manage patients with medical emergencies in dentistry  Manage patients with infective conditions of the maxillofacial and oral region  Explain the principles of surgical endodontics and be able to manage these patients appropriately  Manage patients with impacted teeth  Manage patients with sinus related conditions  Manage patients with bleeding tendencies  Manage patients with salivary gland pathology and related conditions  Manage patients with cysts and tumours of the mouth and jaws  Manage patients with temporomandibular joint dysfunctions  Manage patients with facial pain  Manage patients for pre-prosthetic surgery  Explain the principles of implantology and be able to manage these patients appropriately  Assess and refer patients for orthognathic surgery  Assess and refer patients with cleft- and craniofacial deformities  Discuss the principles of divers treatment modalities in 84

MFS400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

maxillofacial surgery Maxillofacial and oral/dental trauma  Medical emergencies  Infective conditions of the maxillofacial and oral region  Surgical endodontics (apicectomy)  Impacted teeth  Sinus related conditions  Bleeding tendencies  Salivary glands and related conditions  Management of cysts and tumours of the mouth and jaws  Temporomandibular joint dysfunctions  Management of facial pain  Pre-prosthetic surgery including implantology  Orthognathic surgery  Management of cleft- and craniofacial deformities  Diverse treatment modalities None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 40 hours Tests / Exams 10 hours Practical / Demonstrations 150 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Clinical Assessment/Test 50% Examination 50% Oral Medicine and Periodontology II Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontology II OMP400 20 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 On completion of this the module, the student will be able to:  recognize, diagnose and treat various diseases that affect the oral mucosa.  recognize oral manifestations of dermatological, internal, blood and nutritional diseases.  recognize and be able to discuss oral diseases and their clinical manifestations  classify periodontal disease and oral medicine related conditions  discuss the aetiology and pathogenesis thereof  identify and diagnose periodontal diseases clinically and radiographically  initiate and manage early interventive procedures for periodontal disease and oral medicine related conditions  recognize and remove all calculus deposits using power driven and hand scalers  recognize and remove all plaque deposits using the polishing 85

OMP400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

hand piece with polishing cup or brush evaluate patient‟s response to treatment and record the changes that are observed.  explain the rationale for the different periodontal surgical procedures which may be used in the treatment of advanced periodontal disease  Effects of smoking on the periodontium and oral mucosa  Review pathology of gingivitis and periodontitis  Maintenance and prevention of periodontal disease  Periodontal emergencies  Periodontal wound healing  Viral conditions  Vesiculo-bullous lesions  Blood dyscrasias  Halitosis  Oral mucosal lesions in internal disease  Endocrine disorders  Nutritional deficiencies  Tongue lesions  Periodontal surgery  Drugs in oral medicine  Flap techniques for pocket therapy and open curettage  Gingivectomy and gingivoplasty  Management of bone defects and furcation lesions  Crown lengthening  Ridge augmentation and soft tissue transplants/ regeneration procedures  Periodontal wound healing None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor 60 hours Assignments & tasks 10 hours Tests & examinations 10 hours Self-study 30 hours Practical/Clinicals 90 hours Other (specify) Total learning time: 200 hours Coursework 60% (tests, assignment, clinical assessment) - Final examination (written and clinical components) 40%  Oral Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Pathology OPA400 20 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 86

OPA400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level

Main Outcomes

Main Content

On completion of this module, the student should be able to:  correctly use the terminology of oral pathology in oral and written communication.  be able to apply the principles of investigations and diagnosis of oral lesions and disease by using histology and cytopathological sampling methods  classify (where possible) and describe the aetiology, pathogenesis, clinical, pertinent radiographic and histological features, the prognosis and explain the principles of treatment of: o commonly occurring developmental and acquired disturbances of teeth and their supporting structures o stomatitis (infective and non-infective) o disorders of facial bones and jaws o disorders of the oral mucosa and oral soft tissues o salivary gland disease  Revision of normal histology of oral hard and soft tissues Hard Tissue Pathology  disorders of development of the teeth and related oral tissues  pathology of dental caries and other acquired diseases of teeth including physical and chemical injuries  pulpitis, periapical /periodontal disease, resorption and hypercementosis  major infections and inflammations of the mouth, jaws and perioral tissues  cysts of the jaws including maxillary sinuses  odontogenic tumours  non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws  tumour-like lesions and conditions of the jaws  genetic, metabolic and other non-neoplastic jaw bone diseases  disorders of the temporomandibular joints Soft Tissue Disease  infective stomatitis  non-infective stomatitis including chronic ulcerative stomatitis, vesiculo-bullous disorders, allergic reactions and nonallergic reactions  tongue disorders  benign chronic white mucosal lesions  oral premalignant / precancerous mucosal lesions and conditions  oral cancer (multidisciplinary approach including screening)  non-neoplastic diseases and tumours of the salivary glands  common benign mucosal swellings  oral and perioral soft tissue neoplasms The Medically Compromised Patient  melanoma and other pigmented lesions  anaemias, leukaemias and lymphomas  oral manifestations of immunodeficiencies and HIV disease 87

cervical lymphadenopathy

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Practical pathology Investigations  the role and methodology of oral mucosal incisional and brush biopsies  the role and methodology of fine needle aspiration for deep soft tissue and cervical swellings None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 Assignments & tasks: 0 Assessment 15 Practicals: 5 Selfstudy 90 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 4 Written Class Tests = 50% Methods of Student Assessment 1 Written examination = 33% 1 OSCE = 17% Orthodontics Orthodontics Orthodontics Orthodontics ORT400 20 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  clinically examine and evaluate patients with malocclusions  recognize factors contributing to the malocclusion  obtain orthodontic records for case analysis  apply and interpret specific orthodontic analyses  draw up a diagnosis and treatment plan  diagnose and treat patients with simple removable appliances  evaluate and adjust removable appliances designed for their patients  fit appropriate removable appliances for their patient  predict the outcome of their planned treatment  Classification of malocclusion  Cephalometrics  Hand wrist radiograph analysis  Space analysis  Bolton analysis  Fabrication of study models  Aetiology of malocclusion  Orthodontic examination  Diagnosis and treatment planning  Functional appliances  Andrew‟s six keys to occlusion 88

ORT400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

             Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Biology of tooth movement Epidemiology of malocclusions in SA Steps in treatment planning Age factor in orthodontics Orthodontic materials Biomechanics of tooth movement Anchorage Preventive and interceptive orthodontics Orthopedic appliances Extractions in orthodontics and methods of gaining space Early loss of teeth Habits related to malocclusion Patient case discussion sessions where the student presents cases that are prepared for treatment by the student.

Methods of student assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer /Tutor Assignments & tasks Tests & examinations Self-study Practicals Other (specify) Total learning time: Test / Assignment Examination Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry PED400 15 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD

70 hours 20 hours 10 hours 20 hours 80 hours 200 hours 50% 50%

PED400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

8 On completion of the module, the student should be competent in the following aspects of Paediatric Dentistry : Communication:  Communicate with the paediatric patient and the parent/caregiver as well as other health professionals  Refer patient to the appropriate health care provider when necessary Diagnosis and Treatment planning:  Formulate a diagnosis and comprehensive treatment plan taking the patient‟s treatment needs into consideration Behaviour Management:  Distinguish between normal and abnormal physical and psychological development of the child  Apply the principles of behavior management  Identify the need to refer for pharmacotherapeutic intervention (sedation/ GA) 89

Main Content

Prevention:  Select suitable preventive measures that are relevant to each clinical situation  Plan a preventive strategy tailored to the patient‟s needs Caries Management:  Recognize the state and extent of the decay in the primary tooth – active, arrested or rampant to effect treatment Restorative:  Identify the morphologic differences between primary and permanent teeth and the impact it has on restorative procedures  Treat caries using relevant restorative techniques  Select the appropriate restorative materials and motivate choice Pulp Therapy:  Recognize the indications and contraindications for all pulp therapy procedures in a child  Perform pulp therapy procedures on primary and permanent teeth Prosthetic procedures:  Identify malocclusions and recognize the need for interceptive treatment and/ or orthodontic referral  Construct appliances for space maintenance Trauma:  Distinguish different types of dental trauma  Manage dental trauma Hard and Soft Tissue Lesions:  Distinguish between normal and abnormal anatomy of the oral cavity  Provide comprehensive dental care for the more common oral and dental diseases in the child patient Special needs patients:  Manage patients requiring more specialize care i.e. patients with medical, mental and physical disabilities and/ or diseases  Recognize and appropriately report suspected cases of child abuse and neglect  Manage paediatric patients with systemic diseases and disabilities Pre-clinical Component  To familiarize the student with specific paediatric restorative techniques including strip crowns, stainless steel crowns and pulp therapy Theoretical Component:  Introduction to and basis for paediatric dentistry  First appointment, diagnosis and treatment planning  Clinical prevention – role of oral hygiene, diet, fluorides and fissure sealants for the child  Dental caries and gingivitis in children  Psychological development of the child  Non-pharmacotherapeutic behavior management  Pharmacotherapeutic behavior management methods (inhalation sedation, intravenous sedation and general anaesthesia)  Restorative dentistry for the child patient  Pulp therapy for primary and young permanent teeth  Dental trauma of the primary and young permanent dentition  Prosthetics, mouth guards and space maintainers for children 90

 

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 None None None Pre-clinical Contact with lecturer / tutor (Tests & exam) Self-study Clinical Other (library) Total learning time: Continuous Assessment (clinical assessment, tests) Final examination (Written ,OSCE and oral) Prevention Community Oral Health Prevention Prevention PRE410 10 Semester Semester 1

Common soft and hard tissue lesions in children The special care patient – physically, intellectually, emotionally, and /or medically compromised The neglected and abused child

14 hours 39 hours 5.5 hours 7.5 hours 78 hours 6 hours 150 hours 60% 40%

PRE410: Home Department: Module Topic: Generic Module Name: Alpha-Numeric Code: Credit Value: Duration: Proposed Semester/ Term: Programmes in which the module will be offered: Level: Main outcomes:

Main content:

Pre-requisite Modules: Co-requisite Modules: Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time:

Methods of student assessment:

BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain philosophical issues in prevention and health promotion  critique intervention issues around fluoride, diet, sugar and dental caries.  appraise the relative merits of different prevention options based on evidence based dentistry The module covers topics broadly related to:  A conceptual basis for dental prevention priorities  Caries prevention and the notion of risk  Caries, fluoride and fluoridation  Public oral health and clinical interventions (e.g. fissure sealants, fluoride gel, etc.)  Diet, nutrition and oral health  Preventing the ignored oral diseases (noma, HIV, hepatitis, etc.)  A rationale for rating different oral disease prevention strategies None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 40 hours Assignments 20 hours Tests & examinations 20 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning time 100 hours Assignment 40%

91

Seminar presentation 20% Test 40% Students who are required to repeat the module need to complete formative and summative assessment activities as determined by the module co-coordinator in the second Semester of BChD IV. PRO400 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Prosthetics II Community Oral Health Prevention Prevention PRE410 10 Semester Semester 1 BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain philosophical issues in prevention and health promotion  critique intervention issues around fluoride, diet, sugar and dental caries.  appraise the relative merits of different prevention options based on evidence based dentistry The module covers topics broadly related to:  A conceptual basis for dental prevention priorities  Caries prevention and the notion of risk  Caries, fluoride and fluoridation  Public oral health and clinical interventions (e.g. fissure sealants, fluoride gel, etc.)  Diet, nutrition and oral health  Preventing the ignored oral diseases (noma, HIV, hepatitis, etc.)  A rationale for rating different oral disease prevention strategies None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 40 hours Assignments 20 hours Tests & examinations 20 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assignment 40% Seminar presentation 20% Test 40% Students who are required to repeat the module need to Complete formative and summative assessment activities as determined by the module co-coordinator in the second Semester of BChD IV.

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

92

PRT410 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Removable Partial Denture Techniques Prosthetic Dentistry Removable Partial Denture Techniques Removable Partial Denture Techniques PRT410 5 B Term 1 BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the consequences of tooth loss  describe the displacement characteristics of teeth and mucosa  demonstrate the technical skills to perform all the procedures involved in the construction a partial removable prosthesis  apply the principles of design to both acrylic-based and metalbased removable partial dentures.  Choice, Properties and Applications of materials used  Laboratory and Clinical Procedures  Surveyors  Biomechanics of Removable Partial Dentures  Major & Minor Connectors; Retainers  Principles of RPD Design  Repairs and Additions to existing PD‟s  Kennedy Classification None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 12 hours Assignments & tasks 5 hours Tests & examinations 3 hours Self-study 10 hours Practicals / Clinicals 20 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Achievement of minimum quota Clinical Assessment /Test/ Assignments 60% Examination 40%

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

BChD V ART510 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Advanced Restorative Techniques Conservative Dentistry Advanced Restorative Techniques Advanced Restorative Techniques ART510 10 Semester Term 1 BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to: 93

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 diagnose and manage occlusal disharomony  construct an occlusal splint  prepare teeth to receive cast (indirect) restorations  prepare teeth to receive extracoronal restorations  prepare teeth to receive fixed partial dentures  fabricate provisional restorations  articulators and occlusions  occlusal splints  acid-etched retained prosthesis  veneers  inlays, onlays  crowns (all porcelain and porcelain-fused-to-metal)  post and cores for endodontically treated teeth  fixed partial dentures  provisional restorations None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 30 hours Assignments & tasks 10 hours Tests & examinations 5 hours Practicals: 55 hours Self Study 0 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Continuous Assessment (formative) Final Examination Pre-Clinical Practical (40 % of total) Written Examination: (60 % of total) Clinical Dentistry V Conservative Dentistry Clinical Dentistry V Clinical Dentistry V CLD500 145 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Develop and use the surgical sieve to generate a differential diagnosis  Prepare a comprehensive treatment plan incorporating all appropriate dental disciplines  Prepare and deliver comprehensive oral care of a variety of patients (including paediatric, special needs, geriatric patients)  Communicate and interact with other members of the oral team and other health care professional and providers, so as to co-ordinate the total health care of the patient Clinical application of the following disciplines:  Conservative dentistry  Prosthetic dentistry 94

CLD500 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Orthodontic dentistry  Paediatric dentistry  Oral radiology  Maxillofacial and oral surgery  Oral Medicine and periodontology  Oral Pathology  Pharmacology  Anaesthesiology None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments & tasks Tests & examinations Practicals: Self Study Other (specify) Total learning time: Continuous assessment (CA) 1. four multidisciplinary OSCE‟s (six disciplines comprising Clinical Dentistry) i) a minimum of 50% to be obtained in three of the OSCE‟ ii) three best results to be recorded as formal marks iii) will contribute 45% to the CA mark 2. Clinical assessment (6 disciplines) contributing 45% to the CA mark 3. two multidisciplinary case reports (at least two clinical disciplines per case) contributing 10% to the CA mark 4. to be admitted to the final examination the student must: i) have passed three of the four multidisciplinary OSCE‟S ii) have obtained 50% in the clinical component of the CA for EACH of the six disciplines and ii) have completed the minimum prescribed clinical procedures (quotas) Final Examination Will consist of: 1. two three hours multidisciplinary OSCE‟s contributing 35% each (70% in total), to the final examination mark 2. a Clinical Examination contributing 30% towards the final examination mark 3. multidisciplinary Oral Examination (by invitation) – can change the final mark by 0 to +5%

365 hours 145 hours 20 hours 590 hours 230 hours 100 hours 1450 hours

95

ETH521 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Ethics Community Oral Health Ethics Ethics ETH521 5 Term Term 4 BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  describe key ethical, moral and social principles underlying the notion of human rights.  explain the relationship between human rights and the ethics of health care  explain the legal and ethical responsibilities of professional health care practice in South Africa  apply the principles of ethics and jurisprudence in a case study  Health and Human rights  Ethics for health professionals  Jurisprudence for health workers None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 10 hours 2 Assignments 20 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning time: 50 hours 2 assignments with equal value (2 x 50%) Total 100% Health Systems Community Oral Health Health Systems Health Systems HSY500 10 Semester Semester 1 BChD 8 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  recognise the main structural features of different health systems  compare the advantages and disadvantages of different delivery systems  explain and compare the merits of the different health financing systems in existence here and abroad  explain competing oral health policy imperatives in existence  critically evaluate some aspect of health care delivery  survey, describe and compare the administrative and economic workings of a private dental practice and a 96

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

HSY500 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

community health facility This module covers topics broadly related to the following sections:  Types of health systems  Health financing  Health policy  Human resources  Oral health strategies None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 25 hours 2 Assignments 30 hours Tests & examinations 15 hours Self-study 10 hours Practicals 20 hours Total learning time: 100 hours 2 Assignments 70% Test 30% Implants Prosthetic Dentistry & Oral Surgery Implants Implants IMP500 5 Year Year BChD 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the biologic principles of implant treatment  describe the biomechanical principles, rationale and techniques for the use of overdentures  describe the principles and practices involved in the use of osseo-integrated implants  evaluate a potential implant patient in terms of treatment planning, prosthetic options, and aftercare needs  differentiate between different types of implant and implant abutments  describe the risks and benefits of both root – and implant supported overdenture therapy  identify the patient with advanced prosthetic needsobturators, implant-supported prostheses  describe the surgical and prosthetic principles of management of these patients and the role of the various oral health care providers in the implant team  prepare and deliver a comprehensive treatment plan incorporating all appropriate dental disciplines  deliver appropriate and effective oral health education to patients with advanced prostheses  Principles and techniques in the use of overdentures  Obturators  Implants

IMP500 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

97

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 History of oral implants  Osseo-integration  Patient selection  Selection of prostheses and occlusion  Surgical protocol  Complications and management of surgery  Maintenance and follow-up of patients with prostheses None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 10 hours Assignments & tasks 3 hours Tests & examinations 2 hours Self-study 3 hours Practicals / Clinicals 30 hours Other (Audiovisual Aids) 2 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Test / Assignment 60% Examination 40% Practice Management Conservative Dentistry Practice Management Practice Management PRM500 5 Term Term 4 BChD 8 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Identify the legislative bodies and documents governing the dental profession  Apply the key principles of running a successful dental practice  Locate the financial tools necessary to finance, run and audit a dental practice  Apply systematic controls to assure quality of care and ethical dental practice  Health legislation, statutory bodies and other associations  Running a successful dental practices  Financial management in dentistry  Quality control in dentistry None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 20 hours Assignment 10 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Written Test 100%

PRM500 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

98

BOH I ALD110 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Academic Literacy Community Oral Health Academic Literacy for Oral Health Academic Literacy ALD110 10 Year Semester 1 & 2 BChD,BOH 5 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the consequence of lifestyle choices  understand and generate academic text in oral health  produce an academically acceptable document in the form of a report/essay/assignment.  prepare for examinations using appropriate study skills strategies.  use Greek and Latin roots to explain the meaning of dental terms  demonstrate word processing, presentation and basic numeracy skills using digital media.  access information electronically.  use email.  complete assessments using the Learning Management System. Life Skills  problem solving strategies  skills for a balanced lifestyle  time management  communication – public speaking and small group skills  presentation skills  stress management  conflict resolution  sexuality/HIV/AIDS education  substance abuse  assertiveness training Academic Skills  what is academic discourse  scientific writing skills (i) the discourse (ii) how to tackle assignments/essay questions (e.g. What does “critically discuss” mean?) (iii) how to structure an assignment (iv) drafting and editing assignments (v) referencing/ bibliographies  scientific reading skills (i) critical reading skills (ii) reading academic English as a second language  note-taking skills  using the library (i) finding books/ journals (ii) using Calico 99

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

(iii) using the internet for literature searches (this would be specific to the oral health sciences as opposed to the more generic skills covered in the computer module) Study Skills  examination skills  OSCE strategies Language Skills  vocabulary specific to the oral health field  Greek and Latin terms used in health science vocabulary Digital Skills  logging on and off appropriately for security purposes  word processing documents as required academically  introduce to proprietary and free and open source software (FOSS)  saving all assignments and class exercises on appropriate systems drives.  a working knowledge and application of the eLearning management system at the institution for submission of specific assignments and tasks.  responsible dissemination of electronic information conforming to such procedures of the institution.  demonstrate satisfactory presentation skills using PowerPoint or any other suitable package.  use of search engines to access relevant information: o Access relevant information o Read relevant information o Completing assessments, application of short cuts such as copy/paste, etc. o Substantiate/motivate a new or take a position of the subject matter of a controversial nature. o Introduction to basic use of spreadsheets such as Excel or Calc.  Viewing DVD‟s which highlight various aspects of HIV/Aids. Quizzes have to be completed. None None None Academic Literacy Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 hours Groupwork outside class time: 10 hours Assignments and tasks, self-study 10 hours Other: 60 hours Digital Literacy Lab time in class: 18 hours Consultation: 10 hours Practicals and viewing of CD/DVD‟s: 7 hours Test and Examinations: 5 hours Other: 40 hours Total Learning Time 100 hours There are two components to this module: (60%)  Academic Literacy (40%)  Digital Literacy The components of the module are weighted 60% for the Academic Literacy and 40% for Digital Literacy.

100

The pass mark for this module (i.e. For both components added together) is 50%. However:  A subminimum of 50% for the Academic Essay is required in order to pass the module  A subminimum of 50% for the Academic Literacy component is required in order to pass the module. Academic Literacy Component This is a year long component, with contact sessions in the first semester. Assessment, of both a formative and summative nature, will be continuous. There will be no final examinations as the nature of this module is developmental. Academic Essay 36% Attendance 6% Group Presentation 18% Total 60% Digital Literacy Component Word Processing 16% Theory 6% Research Topic 2% Learning Management System 8% Spreadsheet 8% Total 40% Grand total 100% CLP100 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Clinical Practice I Oral Hygiene Clinical Practice I Clinical Practice I CLP100 15 Semester Semester 2 BOH 5 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  Explain the need for infection control; basic principles of medical microbiology and immunity; the classification of microorganisms; modes of transmission of microorganisms; the principles of human- microbe interaction; human diseases caused by microorganisms  Practice infection control in the clinical setting  Take a complete medical, dental and social history  Perform a basic oral examination  Describe the hard and soft tissue using appropriate terminology  Identify instruments for oral hygiene procedures  Handle a basic medical emergency treatment in the dental clinic  Educate patients about professional and home care  Classification of bacteria, viruses, fungi and protozoa of

Main Content

101

           

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

  None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Practicals Tests and examinations Self Study Total learning time: Tests/Spot tests: Assignments: Examinations Clinical Oral Health I Oral Hygiene Clinical Oral Health I Clinical Oral Health I ADP120 20 Year BOH

medical importance Normal flora of the human body Basic immunity Transmission and pathogenesis of microbial infections Infection control, methods of disinfection and sterilization The modes of action of antimicrobials used to treat infections Patient preparation Ergonomics (patient and operator positions; positions in relation to work environment) The oral examination procedure Basic dental record keeping Introduction to history taking – social, medical and dental histories Hard and soft tissue charting Preparation/precautions and response to emergencies in a clinical setting Medical emergencies in the dental setting Patient care

70 hours 15 hours 15 hours 12 hours 38 hours 150 hours 40% 20% 40%

ADP120 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

5 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  describe and illustrate the role of the professional oral hygienist in their manner of conduct  describe the scope of practice of hygienists in SA  describe the role and function of the HPCSA  describe the various disciplines in dentistry: definitions, scope of practice within the dental team concept  explain the role and responsibilities of the dental team in the clinical environment  perform assisting functions in general, specialist clinics, radiology and theatre  prepare treatment trays with dental instruments 102

Main Content

                 

prepare and mix the various dental materials the history of the oral hygiene profession the definition of oral hygienists and the application of this definition in the SA context the scope of practice of the hygienist in SA the professional role(s) of the oral hygienist in SA introduction to ethics in dentistry the role and functions of the HPCSA (website) an introduction to the different professions and disciplines in dentistry and their scope of practice the role of the hygienist in the various disciplines the dental surgery and office management the role of members of the dental team, including medical members and their contribution to dentistry patient reception and etiquette dental team concepts review infection control procedures – sterilization and autoclaving general and specialist clinics and the departments within each dental materials, hand and rotary instruments and equipment used in each type of discipline, treatment procedure and in theatre practical exposure in each discipline, theatre and sterilization administration tasks such as record keeping, filing and appointments

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Tests and examinations Practicals Self Study Total learning time: Class Tests: Assignments: Examinations

90 hours 20 hours 10 hours 40 hours 40 hours 200 hours 30% 30% 40%

HDP124 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Health, Development and Primary Health Care Community Health Sciences Primary Health Care Health, Development and Primary Health Care HDP124 5 Term Term 2 BChD, BOH 5 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  Explain the concepts of health, development and primary health care.  Describe the links between health, development and primary health care. 103

    Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

     None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Tests and examinations Self-study Total learning time: Assignments: Examinations

Discuss the origins and main features of comprehensive primary health care. Explain the primary health care approach, the value of interdisciplinary and team work and the importance of community service. Apply the basic rules and customs of academic study, academic language, academic argument. Understand communication and multilingualism problems and how it affects society. Definition of Health. Communication and Multilingualism. Introduction to „development‟. Introduction to Primary Health Care. The link between Health, Development and PHC

16 hours 16 hours 2 hours 16 hours 50 hours 60% 40%

HPD111 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Community Health Sciences Interdisciplinary Health Promotion Interdisciplinary Health Promotion HPD111 10 Term Term 3 BChD, BOH 5 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  explain the main approaches to health promotion  describe health promotion in the social, political and environmental context  apply the principles and approaches of the health promoting schools framework and to use this framework when planning and implementing a health promotion project in the schools  critically reflect on their community- based experience  background and history of health promotion and health promoting schools  the theory and application of health promotion models  importance of assessing information for health promotion  the role of the media in health promotion  the planning cycle: identifying the needs, writing objectives, deciding on indicators and developing an action plan, project implementation and methods of evaluation None None 104

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules

Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Practicals Self-study Total learning time: Assignments: Examinations Introduction to Afrikaans Afrikaans and Nederlands Introduction to Afrikaans Introduction to Afrikaans (BOH) AFR003 10 Semester Semester 2 BOH

28 hours 30 hours 21 hours 21 hours 100 hours 60% 40%

AFR003 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

5 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  understand the position of Afrikaans relevant to the other languages in South Africa and in the immediate professional environment  demonstrate adequate proficiency regarding the four basic language skills, i.e. Listening, speaking, reading and writing  be able to participate in elementary verbal communicative interaction in the dental care context  have the vocabulary and grammatical competence needed in this context  have the basic reading and writing skills required in the dental care context  understand the position of Afrikaans relevant to the other languages in South Africa and in the immediate professional environment  demonstrate adequate proficiency regarding the four basic language skills, i.e. Listening, speaking, reading and writing  be able to participate in elementary verbal communicative interaction in the dental care context  have the vocabulary and grammatical competence needed in this context  have the basic reading and writing skills required in the dental care context None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 42 hours Assignments and tasks 12 hours Tests and examinations 4 hours Self-study 42 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Class tests/tasks 50% Examinations 50%

105

XHO003 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Introduction to Xhosa Xhosa Department Introduction to Xhosa Introduction to Xhosa (BOH) XHO003 10 Semester Semester 2 BOH 5 At the end of this module the learners should:  understand the position of Xhosa relevant to the other languages in South Africa and in the immediate professional environment  demonstrate adequate proficiency regarding the four basic language skills, i.e. Listening, speaking, reading and writing  be able to participate in elementary verbal communicative interaction in the dental care context  have the vocabulary and grammatical competence needed in this context  have the basic reading and writing skills required in the dental care context  greeting and asking after well being  getting acquainted and exchanging pleasantries  establishing a professional relationship  questions and responses  requests, suggestions, and explanations with particular emphasis on appropriate structures within the dental care context  taking leave None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 42 hours Assignments and tasks 12 hours Tests and examinations 4 hours Self-study 42 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Class tests/tasks Examinations 50% 50% Oral Biology for Oral Health Oral Hygiene Oral Biology for Oral Health Oral Biology for Oral Health ORB101 20 Year Semester 1 & 2 BOH 5 On completion of this module, students will be able to: 106

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

ORB101 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

           

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

          None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Practicals Tests and examinations Self-study Total learning time: Class tests Examination Oral Diseases I Oral Pathology Oral Diseases Oral Diseases ODS120 10 Semester Term 2 BOH

explain human embryology from conception to birth describe the organization of the human body in terms of the different systems of the body (cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, nervous and endocrine) label the anatomical structures of the head and neck explain oral histology and physiology of the oral cavity explain tooth morphology interpret the oral structures describe the microbial deposits of the oral cavity organization of the human body. human embryology from conception to birth the cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive, nervous and endocrine systems theory and practicals of head and neck anatomy development of the oral facial structures, genetics and embryology the oral environment microorganisms of oral cavity dental biofilm and other soft deposits calculus chemistry of plague, calculus and fluorides the periodontium and the oral mucosa development of the hard tissue the nerve supply oral physiology calcium metabolism

90 hours 40 hours 30 hours 20 hours 20 hours 200 hours 50% 50%

ODS120 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

5 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  correctly use the terminology of pathology in oral and written communication  explain the different causes (aetiology) of diseases

107

Main Content

 discuss the different possible events (pathogenesis) which can occur following exposure to aetiological factors and which lead to damage and/or death of cells and tissue in humans  describe the changes in normal morphology and function that can result from cell damage or cell death, and how this can cause clinical symptoms and signs  describe the aetiology, pathogenesis and consequences of thromboembolic disorders.  name the vascular causes of ischaemia, giving examples of each  define ischaemia, infarction, and shock  define embolism and explain and discuss the types, consequences and complications of emboli  explain the appearance and causes of infarction  name and describe the main types of shock  define and differentiate between acute and chronic inflammation  name the causes of acute and chronic inflammation with specific reference to gingivitis and periodontitis  name the cardinal signs of acute inflammation and explain the pathogenesis of each in terms gingivitis and periodontitis  discuss the different morphological patterns, consequences and outcomes of acute and chronic inflammation with reference to gingivitis and periodontitis  name the cell types involve in chronic inflammation  define ulceration and explain the aetiology of ulcers  discuss granulomatous inflammation  define neoplasia  clinically and histologically differentiate between benign and malignant neoplasms  discuss the consequence of malignancy  describe the important cause of haematological diseases  identify and describe the important types of aenemia  investigate the history of excessive bleeding  differentiate between clotting defects and co-agulation defects  recognize and describe the clinical features, causes and management of hemorrhagic diseases  identify and discuss primary and secondary immunodeficiency‟s  identify and explain the aetiology, clinical features and management of allergies and auto-immune disease  systematically list and discuss and investigate the causes, clinical features and management of cervical lymphadenopathy  manage patients with cardiovascular disease within the scope of practice of oral hygiene  identify respiratory disorders affecting the oral cavity and manage appropriately  identify and describe gastrointestinal disorders affecting the oral cavity  introduction to pathology and basic terminology  genetic and environmental causes of disease  disorders of growth, differentiation, and morphogenesis  responses to cellular injury  ischaemia, infarction and shock  healing and repair  acute and chronic inflammation with special reference to gingivitis and periodontitis

108

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 the role of microbes in periodontitis  clinical features, classification, histopathology, radiographic features and role of diet in periodontal disease.  carcinogenesis in neoplasia  aenemias  hemorrhagic diseases  immuno deficiencies and HIV disease  allergy and autoimmune disease  cervical lymphadenopathy  cardiovascular disease including antibiotic propholaxis  respiratory tract disease  gastrointestinal and liver disease  nutritional deficiencies  endocrine disorders and pregnancy  renal disorders None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 60 hours Assignments and tasks 10 hours Tests and examinations 12 hours Self-study 18 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assignments 60% Examination 40% Radiography I Diagnostics and Radiology Radiography I Radiography I RAD123 5 Semester Semester 2 BOH

RAD123 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

5 On completion of this module, students will be able to describe:  explain the production of ionizing radiation and how images are recorded  explain the major principles of radiation biology  institute measures of protection from ionizing radiation to one self, auxiliary, personnel as well as the patient  atoms, elements and molecules  electromagnetic waves  the X-ray machine  the production of x-rays  interaction processors of x-rays  dosimetry radiation protection None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 30 hours Assignments and tasks 10 hours 109

Methods of student assessment

Practicals and Tutorials Tests and examinations Total learning time: Class Tests Examination Social Sciences for Oral Health Oral Hygiene Social Science for Oral Health Social Science for Oral Health SSD112 15 Semester Semester 1 BOH

5 hours 5 hours 50 hours 60% 40%

SSD112 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

5 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  discuss psychological principles relevant to the practice of the hygienist  discuss socio-cultural factors relevant to the practice of the hygienist  discuss communication principles relevant to the practice of the oral hygienist  demonstrate effective communication skills with the general public on a community and individual level Introduction to psychology  human development  development of personality  learning  memory  thoughts  motivation Introduction to sociology  social influence  behaviour change  pro-social behaviour  groups and individual behaviour  environmental influences on behavior Communication  basic communication  communication arenas  effective communication individuals and groups  persuasive communication individuals and groups  public speaking  methods and media in education None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 80 hours Assignments and tasks 25 hours Tests and examinations 10 hours Self-Study 35 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 110

Methods of student assessment

Class Tests Examination Assignments and Tasks

40% 40% 20%

BOH II CLP200 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Clinical Practice II Oral Hygiene Clinical Practice II Clinical Practice II CLP200 35 Year Year BOH 6 On completion of this module students should be able to:  Describe the clinical practice of the oral hygienist in terms of legislation, scope of practice and professional conduct  Describe medical and health conditions that will influence dental treatment and practice precautionary methods in patient care  Identify, describe and apply promotion, preventive and therapeutic strategies in patient care within the scope of practice of the oral hygienist  Provide prevention care in paediatrics in relation to scope of practice and psycho-social development of the child  Identify, describe and apply instruments used in the scope of practice of the oral hygienist  Describe and apply each component of the dental hygiene process of care model (DHPCM)  Describe basic management principles of medical emergencies in the dental settings Clinical practice of the oral hygienist  The oral hygienist within the dental team and in terms of professionalism, ethical conduct and patient care  The role and function of the Health Professions Council of South Africa (HPCSA)  The scope of practice of the hygienist in South Africa Medical Conditions:  Specific medical and health conditions that may influence dental treatment  Treatment implications and modifications required for selected medical conditions  Precautionary measures required prior to and during treatment as indicated  Review of basic medical emergencies in relation to dental practice Prevention, promotive and therapeutic services:  Communication and education strategies for patients and care givers  Mechanical and chemical plaque control  Nutrition and dietary assessment for health and oral health  Basic nutritional counselling 111

Main Content

 Fissure sealants in relation prevention  Fluoride therapy  Scaling of teeth and implants  Polishing of teeth  Polishing of restorations  Extrinsic stain removal  Treatment of dentine sensitivity- treatment of abrasion lesions  Atraumatic restorative techniques  Temporary restorations before referral Instrumentation:  Dexterity and development  Ergonomics in the clinical practice  Instruments and instrumentation – identification, description and application of the basic oral examination set, hand instruments used in the scaling and debridement, ultrasonic scalers, teflon implant scalers  Sharpening of hand instruments  Use of the slow hand- piece  Polishing units including the air polisher  Application of infection control methods Dental Hygiene Process of Care Module (DHPCM) Assessment:  Collection of objective and subjective data – using appropriate interviewing techniques and clinical skill  Histories: social, medical and dental  Lifestyle: hygiene, diets, tobacco use  Extra- oral examination and vital signs  Radiographic examination  Intra-oral examination: comprehensive dental and periodontal assessment, tooth deposits using appropriate indices  Records and documentation  Synthesis and logical presentation of the assessments done in order to make a dental hygiene diagnosis Dental hygiene diagnosis:  The dental hygiene diagnosis  The differential diagnosis  Referral to dental therapist, dentist or dental specialist Dental hygiene care plan:  Collaborate with patient in developing a care plan within the context of his/her life  Goals and objectives to promote oral health, address oral health problems and also potential problems identified  Interventions (behavioural, clinical and other) based in evidence to meet set objectives  Detailed care plan within the scope of practice for the oral hygienist that has been consented to by the patient  Refer patients accordingly Implementation:  Apply sequence of treatment interventions as set out in care plan Evaluation:  Assess patient in terms of goals and objectives and patient concerns  Identify patient‟s challenges in the care plan and take appropriate action  Re-assess, set new goals and design care plan to achieve set 112

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment Assessment module type CON201 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

goals None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Assessment Practicals Self study Other: patient care/education, preclinical, work on each other Total learning time: Tests, practical work, OSCE Examination Continuous and final Clinical Oral Health Oral Hygiene Clinical Oral Health II Clinical Oral Health II CON201 15 Year Year BOH

90 hours 30 hours 20 hours 20 hours 80 hours 110 hours 350 hours 60% 40%

6 On completion of this module students will be able to: Conservative Dentistry  identify oral anatomy and physiology as it pertains to the hard tissues  explain the dynamic nature of the caries process  recognise, classify and diagnose early carious lesions and dental caries  implement remineralisation strategies  identify and apply appropriate procedures for the prevention and treatment of dental caries  describe the process, instrumentation and materials used in conservative procedures as defined by the scope of practice of an oral hygienist  perform restorations as a temporary measure using temporary dressings  prevent caries by placement of fissure sealants  alleviate tooth sensitivity by placing glass ionomer cement on sensitive dentine or cervical abrasion lesion  restore teeth, with the ART technique  cement inlays, crowns and bridges as a temporary measure  classify endodontic lesions  identify and refer patient for endodontic therapy  describe the causative effects of occlusion on facial pain  assist with restorative procedures Prosthetics  explain concepts of dental prosthetics  understand why patients present for prosthetic treatment 113

Main Content

understand and describe complete and partial dentures, types and descriptions  understand the principles of implantology  identify and explain changes in form and function of the mouth and jaws broad about by the loss of some or all of the teeth  identify the structures that will influence the placement of dentures in the oral cavity  identify and describe materials and tools used in the manufacture of prosthesis  apply mixing and manipulation methods of prosthetic materials  identify denture related injuries and problems  recognize and manage problems unique to the geriatric patient  explain the possible social and behavioural consequences of tooth loss  understand oral hygiene problems associated with dentures  educate and motivate the patient on implants, complete and partial denture care and maintenance  explain and demonstrate the technique for the placing of a tissue conditioner Orthodontics  identify normal occlusion and recognise developing malocclusion  take impressions and cast the impressions in rubber mould  trim and finish study models according to the set criteria  complete cephalometric tracings  explain the principles involved in banding and bonding  relieve trauma caused by intra-and extra-oral appliances e.g. cutting of distal wires  place pre-activated orthodontic appliances and remove attachments and bands  explain the role of the oral hygienist in the orthodontic practice  assist in the orthodontic clinic  take photographs for orthodontic record purposes Conservative Dentistry  dental anatomy and physiology  tooth numbering and nomenclature  process dental caries, diagnosis, detection, classification of early carious lesions, classification of cavities  dentine sensitivity, pain, diagnostic features of pulpal disease, occlusion  restoring of teeth and alleviating pain within the scope of an oral hygienist  detection of defective restorations  instruments and materials used in conservative and restorative dentistry pertaining to the scope of an oral hygienist Theory and clinical application of:  Fissure sealants  Temporary restorations  ART in dentistry  Class V restorations  fixed partial prosthesis and clinical application of temporary cementation of crowns and bridges Endodontics:  Classification of endodontic lesions

114

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Identification of potential endodontic therapy patients  Treatment options and protocol for referral Orthodontics  record taking  development of occlusion, and mal-occlusion  biology of tooth movement  cephalomatry instrumentation and materials  role of the hygienist  impression taking Prosthetics  The oral environment  Geriodontology  Complete dentures  Partial dentures Implantology  Prosthetic materials and instruments  Patient education and motivation in prosthetics  Tissue conditioners None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Cons 20 hours Pros 20 hours Ortho 20 hours Assignments and tasks Cons, Ortho 20 hours Pros 10 hours Assessments Cons 5 hours Pros 5 hours Ortho 5 hours Practicals Cons 10 hours Pros 10 hours Ortho 10 hours Self Study Cons 5 hours Pros 5 hours Ortho 5 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Tests 40% Practicals 20% Examination 40% Local Anaesthesia and Oral Surgery Maxillo Facial and Oral Surgery Local Anaesthesia and Oral Surgery Local Anaesthesia and Oral Surgery LOS200 10 Year Semester 2 BOH 115

LOS200 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module

will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment A subminimum of 40% should be attained for each component

6 On completion of this module students will be able to describe:  explain the effects of local anaesthesia (LA)  describe how local anaesthesia works  administer LA  recognize contra-indication to the administration of LA  recognize and manage adverse reactions to a LA solution  recognize and manage complication of exodontias  assist in the treatment of minor oral surgical procedures  assist in the treatment of trauma involving the orofacial area  remove sutures  Oral Surgery  extractions and their complications  abscesses and cysts  impacted teeth  trauma  fracture and management  effects of radiation  soft tissue wounds and their management  removal of sutures  Local Anaesthesia  relevant anatomy  Osteology  Sensory innervations  Muscles of mastication  pharmacology of LA  techniques  Infiltration  Block  adverse reaction to LA  contra indications to safe LA  complications None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 50 hours Practicals 10 hours Tests and examinations 10 hours Self-Study 30 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Continuous evaluation mark = Local Anaesthesia 70%+ Oral Surgery 30% Tests/Clinical 50% Examination 40% Measuring Health and Disease Community Oral Health Epidemiology Measuring Health and Disease MHD223 10 Both semesters 116

MHD223 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration

Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Term 3 BOH 6 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Critically review and interpret basic epidemiological texts  Describe the community in relation to a variety of epidemiological indicators in order to measure the occurrence of health-related states in populations, including the causes of death and disability  Assess the quality and relevance of data used to describe community health and illness  Carry out a simple health research project  Utilise a range of resources such as the library, health journals, interviews and computers in the process of epidemiological research  Work in a cross-disciplinary group using effective time management, organisational and communication skills  Prepare a research report/poster of a standard acceptable for publication or presentation at a Faculty, Community or University research forum Descriptive epidemiology  What is epidemiology?  Demography, Rates, Indicators and Outbreaks  Study designs, screening and surveillance  Natural history of disease. Causation Basic Statistics for Health Research  Types of data and measures of central tendency  Using measures of dispersion  Test for association between two variables Health Research Methods  Planning a study  Sampling and data collection  Critical journal reading  Report-writing and communication Computer skills for Research  Computer basics and word processing  Access Internet information  Spreadsheets and graphics  EpiInfo 200 None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 40 hours Assignments & tasks 15 hours Tests and examinations 2 hours Self Study 18 hours Other: Organising research logistics 5 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Test 1 25% Test 2 25% Assignment 50% Assignment mark determined by:  Group poster 117

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Peer groups and staff marking of poster. Peer evaluation of individual group member‟s contribution used as a modifier in some cases. ODS210 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Oral Diseases II Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Diseases II Oral Diseases II ODS210 10 Year 1 BOH 6 on completion of this module students will be able to:  use basic pathology terminology and clinical terms that refer to pathological conditions correctly.  describe anatomical locations within the oral cavity and recognise normal anatomical features of the oral cavity.  describe and conduct a systematic procedure for examining a patient with a suspected oral pathology.  classify periodontal diseases  diagnose clinically and radiographically certain oral pathological conditions.  explain the causes of gingival enlargements and recession and identify them clinically  identify the signs and symptoms of oral mucosal diseases and oral hard tissues diseases to obtain differentially diagnose of diseases, manage patients and evaluate patient‟s response to treatment  use information from epidemiology, oral surgery, radiology and pharmacology to explain the management of certain oral diseases  take cytological smears of lesions of the oral mucosa and areas of sepsis in bone.  identify and describe developmental conditions, infections, metabolic diseases and other non neoplastic diseases of the hard and soft tissues of the mouth  identify and describe odontogenic cysts and tumours, tumour-like lesions of the jaws, benign and malignant neoplasms of hard and soft tissues of the mouth, pre-malignant lesions of the oral mucosa and oral cancer.  terminology  clinical examination  dental caries  oral pathology of gingivitis and periodontitis  non-infective stomatitis and ulceration and cell damage  melanoma and other pigmented lesions  mucosal infections 118

Main Content

            Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

soft tissue neoplasms hiv infection and oral manifestation tongue disorders common benign mucosal swellings neo-plastic and non- neoplastic diseases of salivary glands oral pre-malignancy pulpits, periapical infection, resorption, hypercementosis cysts of the jaws major infections of the mouth, jaw and perioral tissues non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws and odontogenic tumours and tumour-like jaw lesions developmental disorders or teeth and related tissues genetic, metabolic and non -neoplastic bone diseases

Methods of student assessment Assessment Module Type PER210 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Assessment Practical‟s: Self study Other: Please specify Total Learning Time Continuous Assessment 60% Final Assessment 40% Continuous and final examination Periodontology for Oral Health Oral Medicine and Periodontology Periodontology for Oral Health Periodontology for Oral Health PER210 5 Semester S2 BOH

40 15 12 3 30 0 100

6 On completion of this module, students should be able to:  use basic periodontology terminology correctly  correctly describe anatomical locations within the oral cavity  describe and conduct a systematic procedure for examining a patient for periodontal disease  describe the periodontium and its components  classify periodontal diseases  identify and diagnose clinically and radiographically the different types of periodontal disease  correlate the clinical features and pathogenesis of periodontal diseases

119

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

discuss the causes of gingival enlargements and recession and identify them clinically  discuss the different factors that contribute to periodontal disease  treat the diagnosed condition or refer the patient to the appropriate practitioner for treatment  evaluate the patient‟s response to treatment and implement a maintenance programme  provide an explanation of periodontal surgery, osseointegrated implants and wound healing  anatomy and physiology of the periodontium  aetiological factors of periodontitis- local and systemic  classification, clinical and radiological diagnosis of non-specific gingivitis and periodontitis  treatment planning for the periodontally affected patient  treatment of non-specific gingivitis and periodontitis  acute, chronic, hormonal and hyper-plastic periodontal diseases  rationale for periodontal surgery and the referral of complex treatment and management  periodontic-endodontic lesions, restorative, orthodontic  periodontal wound healing  maintenance and prevention after treatment of gingivitis and periodontitis  periodontal emergencies  osseo-integrated implants None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 25 hours Assessment 10 hours Self Study 15 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Continuous Assessment 60% (Tests and OSCEs) Final Examination (Written and OSCE) 40% Radiography II Diagnostics and Radiology Radiography II Radiography II RAD 200 15 Year 1&2 BOH

RAD200 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

6 On completion of this module, students will be able to:  Trace the progress of radiographs from discovery to the present  Describe the construction and composition of radiographic film  Describe and apply the rationale for infection control  Identify relevant anatomical landmarks as seen on different radiographic views  Institute measures of protection from ionizing radiation to 120

      Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

          None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and tasks Assessment Practicals Self study Total learning time: Coursework mark Examination Oral Health Promotion I Oral Hygiene Oral Health Promotion I Oral Health Promotion I OHP212 20 Semester 1 BOH

oneself, auxiliary personnel as well as the patient Explain to the patient the radiographic views to be taken as well as the reason for taking them Produce the appropriate radiographic views in any specific clinical situation Handle and process and unexposed film to produce a radiograph of high diagnostic quality Identify technique and processing errors and know the course and correction of these errors Identify the radiographic appearance of caries Identify and describe the radiographic appearance of periodontal disease Origin of dental radiography The Radiographic film Intra-oral and extra- oral radiographic techniques Infection control in dental radiography Normal radiographic anatomy Film handling and processing Radiographic anatomy of the scull and jaws Technique and processing errors Diagnostic quality of radiographs Radiographic interpretation of caries and periodontal disease

70 hours 5 hours 10 hours 60 hours 5 hours 150 hours 60% 40%

OHP212 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

6 On completion of this module, the students will be able to:  Describe the development of the discipline of health promotion  Describe in brief the oral health status of the South African population and the South African Government‟s approach in oral health promotion and prevention as indicated in policy documents  Describe various health promotion strategies within the domains of the oral hygienist  Describe and apply the skills and competencies required of oral 121

  Main Content         

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and Tasks Practicals Tests and examinations Self-Study Total learning time: Continuous Assessment Tests, health promotion activities, school based project Final Examination Pharmacology for Oral Health School of Pharmacy Pharmacology for Oral Health Pharmacology for Oral Health POH121 5 Semester 1 BOH

hygienists to be effective in oral health promotion Select, apply and evaluate health education and promotion activities to individuals and communities within the context of their lives, based on relevant theories and evidence Locate the UWC graduate attributes within the professional practice of the oral hygienist as a health promoter Health promotion in the domains of the oral hygienist and the UWC graduate The development of the discipline of health promotion Society and oral health Oral health in South Africa Oral health promotion Health behaviour and health education Communication and health promotion Identification and application of promotional materials Planning, implementation and evaluation of health promotion interventions within a discipline specific and also multidisciplinary team Strategies to promote oral health

120 hours 20 hours 25 hours 10 hours 25 hours 200 hours 70%

30%

POH121 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

6 On completion of the module student should be able to:  describe the basic principles of drug action  discuss and explain the pharmacology and uses of analgesics (narcotic and non-narcotic) and anti-inflammatory drugs (steroidal and non steroidal)  explain the properties of an ideal analgesic  describe the classification of general anaesthetics Explain the basic principles of anti-microbiotherapy, with regard to:  principles of effective chemotherapy

122

Main Content

variable influencing the effectiveness therapy with combinations of anti-microbial drugs bacterial resistance adverse effects of anti-microbial drugs drug and diseases interactions therapeutic uses in dentistry Discuss the anti-microbials relevant to oral hygienists scope of practice:  penicillins  macrolides  cephalosporins  tetracylines  aminoglycosides  amphenicols  quinolones  sulphonamides  anti-TB drugs  anti-fungals  anti-virals  anti-retrovirals With regard to their:  mechanism of action  spectrum of activity  side effects  drug interactions  clinical uses with focus on dental conditions Antiseptics and disinfections  Levels of disinfection  Mechanism of action  Mouthwashes (Chlorexidine, Zepacol, Listerine, Dentyle) Sedatives and anxiolytics Hypnotics vs tranquilizers:  mechanism of action  effects  side effects  toxic effects  clinical uses Tranquilizers Phenothiazine:  mechanism of action  effects  side effects  toxic effects  clinical uses Vitamins and Minerals General Anaesthetics  Indications  Contra-indications  Mechanism of action  Pre-medication  Routes of administration  Stages of analgesia  Phases of general anaesthesia Conscious Sedation 123

     

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Characteristics and pharmacology Indications and contra-indications Patient selection and preparation Advantage, disadvantages and complications Safety measures Sign and symptoms of baseline level sedation/ N2O-O2 sedation. Clinical Pharmacology  Pharmacotherapeutics None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 26 hours Tests and examinations 8 hours Self Study 16 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Tests and Assignments 50% Examinations 50% Special Care for Oral Health Oral Hygiene Special Care for Oral Health Special Care for Oral Health SPC210 20 Year 1 BOH 6 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  apply basic counselling skills for patients, caregivers or parents of patients with special oral health/health needs  identify and explain special needs for different groups of patients/population groups  establish the factors that affect/influence the health and oral health of patients or groups with special needs  manage the special needs patient and groups in the oral health clinic/community  explain the legal rights of special care groups and report human rights abuses  consult and refer special needs patients and groups with special needs to other health professionals  counseling skills  women‟s health and oral health  the geriatric care  medical and other compromised children and adults:  Cancer  Diabetes mellitus  Acquired Immune Deficiency  Blood disorders  Cardiac conditions  Epilepsy  Renal 124

     

SPC210 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Alcohol dependent/Substance abuse  Abused  HIV  Cleft lip and palate  Downs syndrome and other mentally comprised conditions  The physical and psychological compromised  Psychiatric and personality disorders  Sensory deprived None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 120 hours Assignments and Tasks 30 hours Tests and Examinations 15 hours Practicals 10 hours Self Study 25 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Tests 40% Assignments/OSCE 20% Examination 40%

BOH III ARS300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Applied Research Oral Hygiene Applied Research Applied Research ARS300 20 Year BOH 7 On completion of this module students will be able to:  carry out a basic research project in oral health that is appropriate for the practice of the oral hygienist  present the research findings in an oral and written form to colleagues  orientation to health sciences research  research and theory  ethical considerations  the research process  selecting and identifying research problems  the literature review  the research question, formulating a hypothesis and Preparing the research proposal  quantitative research  qualitative research designs  sampling  data collection  data quality  data analysis  research reports and evaluation 125

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and Tasks Tests and Examinations Other: Research Project Total learning time: Tests/Presentations Assignments Final Projects Clinical Practice III Oral Hygiene Clinical Practice III Clinical Practice III CLP300 40 Year BOH

30 hours 15 hours 5 hours 155 hours 200 hours 20% 10% 70%

CLP300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

7 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Critically discuss the Dental Hygiene Process of Care Model (DHPCM) within the scope of profession of the oral hygienist  Apply the DHPCM to all aspects of the clinical practice of the oral hygienist  Appraise the clinical role of the oral hygienist within the dental team and within the South African context  Construct and present a case report (s) of patients managed collaboratively within one of the oral health centres  Assess professional and social networks and other resources to provide improved patient care in various settings  Apply the scope of practice as indicated by the HPCSA comprehensively and holistically to a range of patients/clients  Use an evidence based approach in all patient interactions  Describe, and act on basic medical and dental emergencies  Demonstrate application of the UWC graduate attributes in the clinical practice of the oral hygienist  Clinical practice of the oral hygienist  The oral environment  Chair- side education: a patient centered approach  The dental hygiene process of care model – application to all disciplines in dentistry, a critical review of the model  Writing and presenting a case report  Relaxation and complementary therapies  Paediatrics  Periodontics  Orthodontics  Prosthodontics  Occlusal and temperomandibular disorders  Dental implants  Esthetics in dentistry 126

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 Oral and maxillofacial surgery  Radiology – focus on digital  Ethics and professionalism  Marketing the profession  Review of instruments, materials and products  Basic medical and dental emergencies  The UWC graduate attributes of the oral hygienist None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 90 hours Assignments and Tasks 20 hours Practicals 20 hours Tests and Assignments 10 hours Self study 40 hours Other: Please specify: Patient care in various 220 hours practices Total learning time: 400 hours Projects and Assignments 30% Clin. Placem. Case/Seminar:Min. of 40 hours Test/OSCE 20% Clinical Exams 20% Examination 30% Ethics and Practice Management Oral Hygiene Ethics and Practice Management Ethics and Practice Management EPM312 10 Semester 1 BOH 7 On completion of this module the students will be able to: Ethics  Describe key ethical, moral and social principles underlying the notion of human rights  Explain the relationship between human rights and the ethics of health care  Explain the legal and ethical responsibilities of professional health care practice in South Africa  Apply the principles of ethics and jurisprudence in a case study Practice Management  Describe all aspects of the management on an oral hygiene/dental practice  Develop a mission statement and goals for the oral hygienist in practice  Develop a marketing plan for an OH practice including strategies for increased patient satisfaction and methods to evaluate this  Discuss the role of legislative and professional bodies in relation to the oral health professions Employment  Describe and negotiate on issues of employment such as, 127

EPM312 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

contracts, salaries and conditions of employment Describe employment opportunities and job search strategies for the oral hygienist in South Africa  Describe why stress is common among oral hygienists and list stress management techniques Professional development  Identify and apply opportunities for professional development and continuing education Ethics  Health and human rights  Ethics for health professionals  Jurisprudence for health workers  Effective health care practice  Ethical principles underlying the practice of oral hygienists Professional development  Legislative and professional bodies governing the oral health professions  Written and verbal communication for successful practice management and professional development Management  Marketing the profession and the practice  The successful practice/clinic  Appointment systems  Preparation for employment: contracts, insurance, interviews, registration with the HPCSA, personal planning  Professional development  Stress management  Personal financial management None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 60 hours Assignments and Tasks 30 hours Self study 10 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assignments/Projects 60% Examination 40%  Health Systems Community Dentistry Health Systems Health Systems HSY300 5 Term 1 BChD, BOH 7 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  recognise the main structural features of different health Systems  compare the advantages and disadvantages of different delivery systems 128

HSY300 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

explain and compare the merits of the different health financing systems in existence here and abroad  explain competing oral health policy imperatives in existence  critically evaluate some aspects of health care delivery This module covers topics broadly related to the following sections  Types of health systems  Health financing  Health policy  Human resources  Oral health strategies None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 25 hours Assignments/Worksheets and Tasks 30 hours Practicals 20 hours Tests and Examinations 15 hours Self Study 10 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Class Tests 50% Self study 30% Seminars/Presentations 20% Oral Diseases and Prevention Oral Hygiene Oral Diseases and Prevention Oral Diseases and Prevention ODP310 25 Semester 1 BOH 7 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  describe current trends and management of selected Oral diseases/oral related health problems  identify, describe and critically evaluate prevention Strategies for selected oral diseases/oral related health problems  appraise the relative merits of different prevention options based on evidence based dentistry  assume responsibility for oral health actions and care based on accepted scientific theories and research as well as the accepted standard of care  critique intervention issues around fluoride, diet, sugar and dental caries  woman's health with an emphasis on oral health  periodontal disease  oral cancer  HIV and Aids  dental caries  strategies: o Smoking, cessation programmes o The common risk factor approach 129

ODP310 Home Department: Module Topic: Generic Module Name: Alpha-Numeric Code: Credit Value: Duration: Proposed Semester/ Term: Programmes in which the module will be offered: Level: Main outcomes:

Main content:

Pre-requisite Modules: Co-requisite Modules: Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time:

Methods of student assessment:

o Intermediate counseling skills Prevention  A conceptual basis for dental prevention priorities  Caries prevention and the notion of risk  Caries, fluoride and fluoridation  Public oral health and clinical interventions (e.g. Fissure sealants, fluoride gel, etc)  Diet, nutrition and oral health  Preventing the ignored oral disease (noma, HIV, hepatitis, etc.)  A rationale for rating different oral disease prevention strategies None None None Contact with lecturer /tutor 65 hours Assignments and Tasks 40 hours Tests and Examinations 20 hours Self study 85 hours Other: Visits to institutions such as GSH, Specialist practice 40 hours Total learning time: 250 hours Assignments 40% Projects 10% Seminar 10% Examination 40% Oral Health Promotion II Oral Hygiene Oral Health Promotion II Oral Health Promotion II OHP320 25 Semester 1 BOH 7 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  describe the development and current status of the discipline of health promotion  describe and critique the role of the dental team promoting oral health within the South African context  discuss and critique the national approach to health/oral health promotion  describe results of national health surveys as it pertains to oral health, discuss the determinants and risk factors of these and possible approaches to health promotion to address these problems  develop a "mock" national oral health promotion plan taken into account national imperatives such as the primary health care approach, human resources plan (2006)  apply health promotion theory and practice at a public health and individual patient care level  promote the values of oral and general health and wellness to the public, organisations and other professionals  conduct and present appropriate research activities to inform 130

OHP320 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

    Main Content           

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

    None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and Tasks Tests and Examinations Practicals Self Study Total learning time: Projects and Assignments Seminar Presentation Examination

oral promotion initiatives assess the oral health needs in the community and the quality and availability or resources and services evaluate the effectiveness of implemented clinical, preventive and educational services and modify appropriately assess professional and social networks and resources to assist oral health promotion initiatives communicate effectively with individuals, groups and organisations verbally and in writing a review of the history and development of health promotion/oral health promotion the role of the oral hygienist as a health promotion practitioner in the public and private sectors the health promotion/oral health promotion approach in the South African health care sector global trends in oral health determinants of oral health research to promote oral health a critique of oral health promotions in practice and the literature oral health promotion in a primary health care setting approaches to health/oral health promotion strategies for oral health promotion the application of planning models/theories for health promotion the role and use of the media in health promotion community participation to promote oral health health promotion interventions in different settings communication in health promotion

100 hours 30 hours 40 hours 12 hours 68 hours 250 hours 50% 10% 40%

RAD301 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level

Radiological Diagnosis for Oral Health Diagnostics and Radiology Radiological Diagnosis for Oral Health Radiological Diagnosis for Oral Health RAD301 10 Year Year BOH 7

131

Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

On completion of this module the student will be able to:  recognize the radiological features of the various diseases affecting the teeth and jaws and refer appropriately  General principles of radiological interpretations  Radiological interpretations of dental anomalies o regressive changes of the dentition o infections and inflammations o cysts of the jaws o conditions of the maxillary sinuses o benign tumours of the jaws o malignant tumours of the jaws o diseases of bone manifested in the jaws o temporomandibular joint o soft tissue calcification o trauma to the teeth and facial structures o syndromes affecting the jaws None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 30 hours Assignments and Tasks 10 hours Practicals 30 hours Tests and examinations 10 hours Self Study 20 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Tests/OSCE's 20% Assignments 20% Clinical Work 10% Examination 50% Clinical Oral Health III Oral Hygiene Clinical Oral Health III Clinical Oral Health III SCP313 10 Term Term 4 BOH 7 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  apply the scope of practice of the oral hygienist to clinical settings where oral hygienists are able to practice patient care in any of the following environments  a primary health care facility  a tertiary hospital  a specialist dental practice  a general dental practice This will include all aspects of care that is relevant to the setting ie. Scope of practice of the oral hygienist, health promotion activities of individuals in the practice environment, community groups and professionals None None 132

SCP313 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules

Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

None Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and Tasks Other: please specify Patient care in various practices Total learning time: Placement Report (include portfolio of evidence) OSCE/Practical examination

10 hours 20 hours 70 hours 100 hours 80% 20%

FOUNDATION MODULES FOR BCHD I CHM161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Fundamentals of Chemistry Chemistry Fundamentals of Chemistry Fundamentals of Chemistry CHM161 15 Semester Semester 2 (Year 1) Foundation Provision (BChD) 5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  explain basic chemistry  describe the structure and nature of atoms and molecules.  describe the properties and behaviour of states of matter  explain chemical and electron reactions  explain the biological applications of organic chemistry  adopt learning strategies appropriate to the study of chemistry  plan use of time appropriate to study basic sciences  generate scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses to assessment tasks  read chemistry text for understanding inorganic chemistry  Concepts of chemistry  Atoms and molecules  States of matter  Control of reactions organic chemistry  Alkanes, alkenes, alkynes  Alcohols, ethers  Alderhydes, ketones  Carboxylic acids, esters  Amines, amides study skills appropriate for chemistry time management appropriate for chemistry scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses reading for understanding None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 50 hours Tests and Examinations 5 hours Tutorials 15 hours

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

133

Methods of student assessment

Practicals Homework, Assignments & Tasks, Self study Total learning time: Coursework (Tutorial Assignments, Take Home Assignment, Quizzes, Tests) Final Examination Total Fundamentals of Physics Physics Fundamentals of Physics Fundamentals of Physics PHY161 15 Semester Semester 2 (Year 1) Foundation Provision (BChD)

25 hours 55 hours 150 hours 60% 40% 100%

PHY161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  explain and apply the scientific approach to problem solving  explain the basic concepts related to elementary mechanics and electrostatics.  explain and conceptualise the role of elementary mechanics and electrostatics in everyday life, with special reference to the context of dentistry  solve qualitative problems in relation to everyday life, with special reference to the context of dentistry  adopt learning strategies appropriate to the study of physics  plan use of time appropriate to study basic sciences  generate scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses to assessment tasks  read physics text for understanding  ideas and terminology of science as well as the impact of science on our world using a conceptual exploration platform  fundamentals of vectors; including representation, adding, subtraction and products  introduction to linear motion; including acceleration and free-fall (without the use of equations of motion)  introduction to Newton‟s laws of motion  fundamentals of rotational inertia, centre of mass or torque  electrostatics and electric current; including lightning, electric shielding, the van de Graaff generator, electrical circuits and safety  magnetism, including permanent magnets, electro magnets and applications  study skills appropriate for physics  time management appropriate for physics  scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses  reading for understanding None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 50 hours 134

Methods of student assessment

Tests and Examinations Tutorials Practicals Homework, Assignments & Tasks, Self study Total learning time: Coursework (Tutorial Assignments, Take Home Assignment, Quizzes, Tests) Final Examination Total Fundamentals of Life Sciences Life Sciences Fundamentals of Life Sciences Fundamentals of Life Sciences LFS161 15 Semester Semester 2 (Year 1) Foundation Provision (BChD)

5 hours 15 hours 25 hours 55 hours 150 hours 60% 40% 100%

LFS161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  describe the scientific method  explain the basic concepts of inorganic chemistry relevant to life sciences  explain the basic concepts of organic chemistry relevant to life sciences  describe cell organelle and cell membrane structure and function  describe the basic functions of biochemical action of enzymes  explain photosynthesis  discuss cellular respiration  explain mytosis and meiosis  explain basic genetic concepts, and discuss causes of genetic disorders  explain protein synthesis  explain genetic engineering  adopt learning strategies appropriate to the study of life sciences  plan use of time appropriate to studying basic sciences  generate scientifically verbal and written responses to assessment tasks  read life sciences text for understanding  scientific method  inorganic chemistry in life sciences  organic chemistry in life sciences  cell organelle structure and function  cell membrane  enzymes  photosynthesis  cellular respiration  mytosis and meiosis  Mendel as basis of genetic knowledge  causes of genetic disorders  introduction to protein synthesis  basics of genetic engineering 135

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

 study skills appropriate for life sciences  time management appropriate for life sciences  scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses  reading for understanding None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 50 hours Tests and Examinations 5 hours Tutorials 15 hours Practicals 25 hours Homework, Assignments & Tasks, Self study 55 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Coursework (Tutorial Assignments, Take Home 60% Assignment, Quizzes, Tests) Final Examination 40% Total 100% Critical Thinking for Dentistry Community Dentistry Critical Thinking for Dentistry Critical Thinking for Dentistry CTD161 5 Semester Semester 2 (Year 1) Foundation Provision (BChD) 5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  recognize the elements required for a valid argument  identify poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions  use critical thinking to make a judgment about causation  recognize the characteristics of inductive and deductive reasoning, and apply in a selection of real life contexts drawn from dentistry  apply methods for reasoning and analysis in a selection of real life contexts drawn from dentistry  write a short response that demonstrates logical reasoning  use outcomes to prepare for a test  manage time during a test  plan appropriate answers to test questions  elements of argument  causation  characteristics of inductive and deductive reasoning  the healthy mouth  communication and oral health education  ethics  test preparation  tests writing skills None None None

CTD161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination

136

Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

Contact with lecturer / tutor Assignments and Tasks Tests and examinations Self Study Total learning time: No Examination as it is developmental Classroom and Homework activities Writing activity Tests Attendance Total The student needs an average of 50% in order to pass this module Fundamentals of Academic Literacy Community Dentistry Fundamentals of Academic Literacy Fundamentals of Academic Literacy FAL161 10 Semester Semester 2 (Year 1) Foundation Provision (BChD)

20 hours 10 hours 5 hours 15 hours 50 hours 30% 30% 30% 10% 100%

FAL161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  take note effectively in class  use knowledge about text structure to read for meaning  apply academic reading skills to prescribed academic texts  explain how an argument in a given text is being developed  plan, structure and write coherent paragraphs  apply academic writing skills in other foundational modules  deliver an oral presentation in front of a class of piers  manage own time effectively  manage own finances effectively  note taking skills  reading strategies, including text structure  attack skills for academic discourse  planning and structuring an argument  logical and coherent writing  oral communication and oral presentation  time management  management of finances None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 40 hours Assignments and Tasks 20 hours Groupwork outside class time 20 hours Portfolio compilation 20 hours Total learning time: 100 hours There will be no final examination as the nature of this module is developmental Portfolio of evidence of competence in all outcomes 100% 137

PSC161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Principles of Science Community Dentistry Principles of Science Principles of Science PSC161 5 Semester Semester 1 (Year II) Foundation Provision (BChD) 5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  plan use of time appropriate to studying basic sciences  recognize when S/He need assistance and ask for the assistance  recognize key concepts and principles in the study of basic sciences  explain the relationship between the key concepts and principles in the basic sciences and their application in dentistry  write scientifically appropriate responses to assessments  dental application of key concepts and principles in basic sciences  prioritization  basic science assessment skills (including for practical‟s, tutorial activities, homework activities) None None None Contact with Tutor 15 hours Consultations 10 hours Assignments and Tasks 25 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Methods of student assessment: there will be no final examination as this module is developmental Participation 10% Homework activities 30% Co-assessment of basic science assignments 40% Practical assessments 20% Total 100% A student is required to obtain a mark of 50% in order to pass this module Fundamentals of Human Biology Medical Biosciences Fundamentals of Human Biology Fundamentals of Human Biology HUB161 15 Semester Semester 1 (Year II) Foundation Provision (BChD) 5 On completion of this module, the student will be able to: 138

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

HUB161 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

          

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

             None None None Contact with Lecturer Tutorials Practical‟s Assignments and tasks Tests and examinations Self-study Total learning time: Continuous assessment Examination

describe different kinds of skeletons, and appraise the advantages and disadvantages of each describe the human circulatory system explain human excretion describe the human nervous system, and factors that affect its functioning describe the functioning of the human endocrine system discuss the mechanical, physical and chemical aspects of human nutrition describe the respiratory system explain human reproduction adopt learning strategies appropriate to the study of human biology plan use of time appropriate to studying basic sciences generate scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses to assessment tasks read human biology text for understanding structural support transport excrétion nervous system endocrine system human nutrition respiratory system reproduction study skills appropriate for human biology time management appropriate for human biology scientifically appropriate verbal and written responses reading for understanding

60 hours 15 hours 15 hours 20 hours 10 hours 30 hours 150 hours 50% 50%

139

POSTGRADUATE MODULE DESCRIPTO RS POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS IN DENTISTRY Note: The only pre-requisite is a dental degree. There are no co-requisites or prohibited combinations BUT registration for Module Two requires successful completion of Module One within each course. ANS611 Home Department Module Topic Generic module name Alpha-numeric code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester/ term Programme in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes PDD Aesthetic Dentistry Module 1 Conservative Dentistry Aesthetic Dentistry PDD Aesthetic Dentistry Module 1 ANS611 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 (part-time) PDD Aesthetic Dentistry 8 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Identify anaesthetic characteristics of the teeth, gingiva, lips and face and to present a comprehensive treatment plan for aesthetic restorative procedures.  Select from a choice of material systems for a specific restorative treatment of a tooth to achieve an aesthetic result.  Plan and provide the correct bleaching procedures for a patient‟s needs.  Use the correct colour analysis system to successfully communicate this to the laboratory technician accurately.  Analyse the different components (teeth, gingiva, lips) of the smile and treat interdisciplinary to achieve aesthetic harmony.  Apply the basic grinding procedures to reshape a tooth and perform the correct tooth preparation techniques for a specific material system and so as to restore a tooth to full function and natural occlusion.  Take an accurate impression of the tooth preparation and evaluate the quality of the impression.  Choose the correct temporary material for the fabrication of a temporary indirect restoration and cement this onto the tooth preparation.  Fabricate an indirect restoration and finish it with the material of choice.  Choose the correct cementing system and cement the restoration successfully.  Finish and polish the cemented indirect restorations with the correct instrumentation. Diagnosis and treatment planning Materials used in indirect restorative procedures Bleaching: Techniques and materials. Colour analysis and communication Aesthetic dentistry and practical periodontology Preparation guidelines for indirect aesthetic restorations Impression: Techniques and materials Fabrication of indirect restorations Cementation: Systems, materials and chemistry Finishing and polishing of indirect aesthetic restorations 140

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None None None Consultation with lecturer/ project leader: Assignments, tasks, self-study: Total learning time: Assessment of 4 written assignments (25% each). A pass mark of 50% must be achieved. PDD Aesthetic Dentistry Module 2 Conservative Dentistry Aesthetic Dentistry PDD Aesthetic Dentistry Module 2 ANS612 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 (part-time) PDD Aesthetic Dentistry

80 hours 520 hours 600 hours

ANS612 Home Department Module topic Generic module name Alpha-numeric code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester/ term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  search, critically analyze and report on the relevant scientific literature in his or her final scientific report. Scientific report The completion and submission of a scientific report in the format of a literature review of thirty pages excluding clinical case reports. PDD Aesthetic Dentistry Module 1 None None Assignments and tasks: 500 hours Supervision: 100 hours Total learning time: 600 hours This part of the programme is based on self-study in consultation with the project leader. A final mark is to be awarded for the completed scientific report. The final mark for Module 2 is based on the submitted scientific report and assessed out of 100%. A pass mark of 50% must be achieved. PDD Endodontics Module 1 Conservative Dentistry Endodontics PDD Endodontics Module 1 END611 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD Endodontics 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature, pertaining to the field of endodontics  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on endodontics 141

END611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester /Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

examine, diagnose and compose ideal and alternative treatment plans for endodontically compromised patients  provide special knowledge and clinical skills and experience for endodontically compromised patients  recognize complications and anticipate difficult treatment regimens Morphology of root canals and pulp chambers Microbiology and pathology of endodontic lesions Diagnosis of endodontic problems Dental trauma including fractures, luxation and avulsion Periapical radiography Internal and external resorption Preparation of access openings Length determination Irrigation and isolation Instrumentation using manual and rotary instruments Medicaments Obturation Retreatment None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 hours Assignments and tasks: 200 hours Self study: 200 hours Practicals/clinical work: 120 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Evaluation of 3 written assignments (assignments no‟s 1, 2, 4) = (3 X 25%) Evaluation of preclinical and clinical coursework (assignment no 3) = (25%) The final mark for Part 1: assignment 1: 25% assignment 2: 25% assignment 3: 25% assignment 4: 25% The pass mark for this module is 50%. Each assignment must be passed separately. PDD Endodontics Module 2 Conservative Dentistry Endodontics PDD Endodontics Module 2 END612 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD Endodontics 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  search for, critically analyze and report on scientific literature in his or her final scientific report. Scientific report The completion and submission of a scientific report in the format of a literature review of about thirty pages with or without clinical case reports.

END612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

142

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment

PDD Endodontics Module 1 None None Assignment: 500 hours Supervision: 100 hours This part of the programme is based on self-study in consultation with a project leader. A single final mark is to be awarded for the completed scientific report. The final mark for Module 2: 100% The pass mark for this module is 50% PDD (Forensic Dentistry) Module 1 Oral Pathology and Forensic Sciences Forensic Dentistry PDD (Forensic Dentistry) Module 1 FOD611 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Forensic Dentistry) Module 1 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain pathological changes that occur in the mouth and jaws for identification purposes  describe the legal system and the role of the forensic dentist therein.  gather, preserve and prepare evidence for court presentation.  liaise with colleagues in Forensic Medicine, the Police Services, the Justice Department and other forensic disciplines in South Africa and internationally. Basic medical sciences including anatomy, embryology, physical anthropology, comparative anatomy and dental histology. Forensic medicine, autopsy techniques, body fluid analysis, exhumation, mass disaster identification and bite marks. Dental materials, prosthetic dentistry, comparative dental practice and charting methods. Basic Oral Pathology Legal aspects pertaining to forensic dentistry and the justice system; crime scene investigation, duties of the State Pathologist and mass disaster investigation. Data capture and retrieval using computer programmes, child abuse and rape victim examination, forensic photography and forensic entomology. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 200 hours Assignments: 200 hours Self study: 100 hours Practical: 60 hours Visits / Attendance: 40 hours Total learning time: 600 hours There will be four assignments. Each needs to be passed with 50%. Assign.1. 15%

FOD611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Prerequisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student assessment:

143

Assign 2. 20% Assign.3. 25% Assign.4. 40% (Protocol for research publication) FOD612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programme in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes PDD (Forensic Dentistry) Module 2 Oral Pathology and Forensic Sciences Forensic Dentistry PDD (Forensic Dentistry) Module 2 FOD612 60 Y (Part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Forensic Dentistry) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  search for, critically analyze and report on scientific literature in his or her final scientific report. Scientific report The completion and submission of a scientific report in the format of a literature review of about thirty pages with or without clinical case reports. PDD (Forensic Dentistry) Module 1 None None Assignment: 500 hours Supervision: 100 hours Total: 600 hours This part of the programme is based on self-study in consultation with a project leader. A single final mark is to be awarded for the completed scientific report. The final mark for Module 2: 100% The pass mark for this module is 50% PDD (Implantology) Module 1 Prosthodontics Implantology PDD (Implantology) Module 1 IMP611 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Implantology) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  identify and select patients suitable for dental implant treatment  diagnose and provide a comprehensive treatment plan for implant cases  promote implants as an option and advise prospective implant patients  understand the fundamental principles, theory and safe practice of implant dentistry Introduction to Dental Implantology: 144

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

IMP611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Purposes that dental implants can serve in oral reconstruction Major types of dental implants Classification of implant systems as to their implant type Major advantages and disadvantages of the different types of dental implants Implant economics. Clinical and Histological Outcomes in Dental Implantology Components of the junctional epithelium complex to the natural tooth and corresponding components of the JE to dental implants Morphology of the gingival connective tissue adaptation to dental implants Definition of the term osseointegration Structural morphology of what is commonly considered osseointegration Wound healing after implant placement including soft tissue healing Reported success rates for major implant systems. Implant Biomaterials and Surface Characteristics Principal biomaterials used to fabricate dental implants Ideal properties of a biomaterial for dental implants Characteristics of titanium which contribute to its successful use in dental implants Rationale for use of hydroxylapatite coatings on dental implants Surface characteristics that influence healing following dental implant placement. Radiographic Imaging in Dental Implantology: Goals of imaging for dental implants Various imaging modalities currently recommended for pre-surgical and post-surgical implant site assessment Advantages and disadvantages of the following imaging modalities when used for implant site assessment: Intra-oral radiography Extra-oral plain film radiography Plain film tomography Computed tomography (CT) Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) Direct digital radiography Recognition and interpretation of the basic images commonly acquired for implant site assessment Radiographic stents Risks and benefits of each of the different imaging modalities in relation to radiation exposure to the patient. Patient Selection: Prosthodontic Considerations: Part 1 Medical and dental conditions which place limitations upon the prosthodontic aspects of the treatment plan for an implant patient Sequelae of tooth loss and arch collapse and how these might affect the prosthodontic treatment plan for an implant patient Elements of a patient‟s past prosthodontic history which might be important in developing a treatment plan for an implant patient Planning the ideal location and orientation of endosteal implants in bone Diagnostic casts, wax-up, height space considerations and surgical stents Inter-ridge relationship and its influence on the selection and design of the implant prosthesis Indications for dental implant treatment in the partially edentulous patient Indications for dental implant treatment in the fully edentulous 145

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

patient. Patient Selection: Surgical Considerations: Part 1 Medical contraindications to dental implant treatment Dental and oral contraindications to dental implant treatment Applied anatomy of the dento-facial complex Relationship between bone quality (density) and implant success Minimum volume of bone in bucco-lingual and apico-coronal dimensions required for the placement of endosteal dental implants and assessment Basic surgical considerations and techniques for placement of endosseous implants Temperature range in which bone drilling for endosteal implants must proceed. Surgical Placement of the Dental Implant: Part 1. Surgical aspects of treatment planning for dental implants Criteria for implant success and failure Success rates for implant treatment and the factors involved in these variations Ridge preservation. Dental Implant Prosthodontic Laboratory: Part 1 Different surgical and prosthodontic components involved in the surgical placement and prosthodontic rehabilitation when using dental implants. Recommended Occlusal Relationships for Implant-Supported Crowns and Prostheses: Recommended occlusal relationships for single unit crowns supported by a dental implant Recommended occlusal relationships for a fixed partial denture supported by two or more dental implants Recommended occlusal relationships for a fixed partial denture supported by a combination of natural teeth and dental implant Recommended occlusal relationships for a removable, maxillary or mandibular complete denture supported by dental implants and opposing either natural teeth or a removable prosthesis. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 hours Assignments & tasks: 400 hours Self-study: 120 hours Practicals: 40 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Assessment of written assignment 1: 25% Assessment of written assignment 2: 25% Osce examination 50% Total 100% A pass mark of 50% must be achieved for each assessment category. PDD (Implantology) Module 2 Prosthodontics Implantology PDD (Implantology) Module 2 IMP612 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 146

IMP612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term

Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

PDD (Implantology) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  identify and select patients requiring bone augmentation  assess and maintain dental implant after integration  assess and manage failed dental implant/s  assess and manage failed dental implant restoration/s  refer complicated implant cases to specialists. Methods of Dental Implant Site Preparation Procedures available which may enable the placement of dental implants into sites which present with an inadequate volume of bone including soft tissue contouring and papilla preservation Bone filler materials Sequencing and time frame associated with surgical bone augmentation of a dental implant site, dental implant fixture placement and prosthodontic rehabilitation Relative success rate of surgical bone augmentation procedures for dental implants Post-treatment complications associated with surgical bone augmentation procedures Alternative treatment options to dental implant placement in sites which require surgical bony augmentation procedures prior to implant placement. Patient Selection: Prosthodontic Considerations: Part 2 Prosthodontic implication of the following endosteal implant location problems: • implants too close together • implants too close to maxillary midline • implants too far facial or lingual • implants too close to the mental foramen • implants too close to the inferior alveolar nerve. Criteria for restorative implant components (success and failure) List of implant prostheses which can satisfy specific esthetic requirements. Patient Selection: Surgical Considerations; Part 2 Surgical procedures available to increase the amount of bone available for dental implant placement. Potential problems or undesirable outcomes of implant placement Soft tissue management and other techniques for esthetic results. Surgical Placement of the Dental Implant: Part 2 Delayed vs immediate placement of implants Pharmacology Flap designs Platform switching. Peri-Implant Maintenance/Managing the Failing Implant Clinical findings which can be used to evaluate the health of the implant supporting tissues Quantitative and qualitative clinical evaluation parameters to chart implant serviceability Technique and interpretation of periodontal probing measurements which differ between the natural tooth and the dental implant Current knowledge of the bacteriology of peri-implant plaque Model for the pathogenesis of peri-implant disease Etiologic factors associated with the failure of dental implants Current techniques available and suitable for plaque regulation in 147

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

patients with dental implants Maintenance program for patients with dental implants in terms of a. recall intervals b. clinical evaluation of peri-implant tissue c. instruction in plaque removal techniques d. methods of removing plaque and calculus deposits from implant surfaces. Dental Implant Prosthodontics Characteristics of the prosthodontic components of a two-stage dental implant system Prosthodontic indications appropriate for a two-stage dental implant system Considerations for use of a one-stage system and the different prosthodontic components and procedures Joining teeth and implants Screwed vs cemented: indications and complications Implant abutment selection and impression techniques Passive fit Immediate loading Management of failed restorative implant components. PDD (Implantology) Module 1 None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 hours Assignments & tasks: 400 hours Self-study: 120 hours Practicals: 40 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Assessment of written assignment 1: 25% Assessment of written assignment 2: 25% Osce examination 50% Total 100% A pass mark of 50% must be achieved for each assessment category. PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) Module 1 Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Minor Oral Surgery PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) Module 1 ORS611 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature, pertaining to the field of Oral Surgery  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on Oral Surgery  examine, diagnose and manage a basic oral surgical patient  diagnose basic and advanced maxillo-facial conditions, provide emergency treatment and effectively refer for further management. Applied surgical anatomy Examination of the surgical patient 148

ORS611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Local anaesthesia and applied pharmacology Medical Emergencies Sterilisation and disinfection Oral surgery armamentarium Exodontia and related complications Bleeding tendencies Sinus related conditions Apicectomy Impactions Implantology Soft tissue infections and osteomyelitis Pre-prosthetic surgery Traumatology Surgical pathology TMJ and facial pain Introduction to advanced Maxillo-Facial surgery. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 hours Assignments and tasks: 200 hours Self study: 200 hours Practicals/clinical work: 120 hours Total learning time: 600hours Assessment of 6 written assignments The final mark for Part 1: Assignment 1: 16.67% Assignment 2: 16.67% Assignment 3: 16.67% Assignment 4: 16.67% Assignment 5: 16.67% Assignment 6: 16.67% The combined pass mark for all the assessments for this module is 50%. PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) Module 2 Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Minor Oral Surgery PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) Module 2 ORS612 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature, pertaining to the field of Oral Surgery  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on Oral Surgery  examine, diagnose and manage an oral surgical patient  diagnose basic and advanced maxillo-facial conditions, provide emergency treatment and effectively refer for further management. Applied surgical anatomy 149

ORS612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Examination of the surgical patient Local anaesthesia and applied pharmacology Medical Emergencies Sterilisation and disinfection Oral surgery armamentarium Exodontia and related complications Bleeding tendencies Sinus related conditions Apicectomy Impactions Implantology Soft tissue infections and osteomyelitis Pre-prosthetic surgery Traumatology Surgical pathology TMJ and facial pain Introduction to advanced Maxillo-Facial surgery. PDD (Minor Oral Surgery) Module 1 None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 hours Assignments and tasks: 200 hours Self study: 200 hours Practicals/clinical work: 120 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Assessment of 6 written assignments The final mark for Part 2: Assignment 1: 16.67% Assignment 2: 16.67% Assignment 3: 16.67% Assignment 4: 16.67% Assignment 5: 16.67% Assignment 6: 16.67% The combined pass mark for all the assessments for this module is 50%. PDD (Oral Pathology) Module 1 Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Oral Pathology PDD (Oral Pathology) Module 1 POP611 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Oral Pathology) Module 1 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  explain the aetiology and pathogenesis of diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology  describe and discuss the diagnostic clinical criteria and the diagnostic histological criteria of diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology  recognize and discuss the pertinent radiological signs and laboratory tests that are used to diagnose diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology. 150

POP611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student assessment:

The following topics will be covered: Laboratory procedures: The basic information regarding trimming, embedding, fixation, and staining of tissue including immunocytochemistry. Soft tissue disease: Infections – bacterial, viral and fungal Allergies and Immunologic diseases Dermatologic diseases Benign tumours Premalignant lesions and conditions Oral cancer Melanoma and pigmented lesions Salivary gland diseases Haematological disorders Hard tissue pathology Infections Cysts – odontogenic and other cysts of the oral regions Odontogenic tumours Bone disease Genetic Developmental Bone tumours Fibro-osseous lesions Maxillary sinus pathology Temporomandibular joint diseases. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor 200 hours Assignments 200 hours Self study 100 hours Practical 60 hours Visits / Attendance 40 hours Total learning time 600 hours There will be four assignments as listed below. Each needs to be passed with 50%. Assign.1. 25% Assign 2. 25% Assign.3. 25% Assign.4. 25% Total: 100%

POP612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

PDD (Oral Pathology) Module 2 Oral Pathology and Forensic Sciences Oral Pathology PDD (Oral Pathology) Module 2 POP612 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Oral Pathology) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  search for, critically analyze and report on scientific literature 151

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Combination Modules Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

in his or her final scientific report. Scientific report The completion and submission of a scientific report in the format of a literature review of about thirty pages with or without clinical case reports. Postgraduate (Diploma in Oral Pathology) Module 1 None None Assignment: 500 hours Supervision: 100 hours Total: 600 hours This part of the programme is based on self-study in consultation with a project leader. A single final mark is to be awarded for the completed scientific report. The pass mark for this module is 50% The final mark for the PDD is derived from Module 1 (50%) plus Module 2 (50%) PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) Module 1 Orthodontics Interceptive Orthodontics PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) Module 1 INO611 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Assess a patient‟s stage of growth and development with a view to assessing the viability of Interceptive Orthodontics  Utilise all the available methods of intra and extra oral investigation, pertinent to orthodontics  Critically examine and diagnose a patient in order to assess the patient‟s suitability for interceptive orthodontic procedures  Debate the case for and against interceptive orthodontic treatment for individual cases  Evaluate the various treatment options available pertaining to each individual case  Formulate a treatment plan  Defend the logic of any treatment decision taken  Prescribe what appliances are needed for the treatment of each case and the sequence in which they must be used.  Development of the human dentition  Craniofacial growth  Orthodontic examination  Radiology analysis  Diagnosis  Treatment planning  Treatment options  Retention None None None

INO611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination

152

Breakdown of learning time

Methods of Student assessment

Contact with tutor: 64 hours Assignments: 536 hours Tests and examinations: none Practicals: during contact time Total learning time: 600 hours There are four assignments, each contributing 25% of the year mark. Each assignment needs to be passed independently with 50%. PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) Module 2 Orthodontics Interceptive Orthodontics PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) Module 2 INO612 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Investigate, diagnose and successfully treat a case, or resolve a problem on a postgraduate, but not specialist, level  Communicate effectively with patients and peers, in a team context and play a meaningful role as a member of society  Demonstrate successful treatment by using an acceptable treatment modality and correctly prioritising the sequence of mechanics  Write a scientific report in an internationally accepted format  Demonstrate a critical understanding of the literature pertaining to the field of interceptive Orthodontics  Defend any decision taken to proceed with early treatment. Write up and present 4 cases that he or she is treating in practice. Should the student‟s employment be such that he or she does not actively see patients the student may submit a research paper. The research paper must be on a topic that is negotiated with the student‟s supervisor. This may be in the form of a literature review or a mini research project. PDD (Interceptive Orthodontics) Module 1 None None Contact with tutor: 40 hours Assignments: 560 hours Tests and examinations: none Practicals: none Total learning time: 600 hours Assessment of the case presentations (25% each) or research project (100%) PDD (Paediatric Dentistry) Module 1 Orthodontics and Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry PDD (Paediatric Dentistry) Module 1 PED611 60 Year (part-time) 153

INO612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of learning time

Methods of Student assessment

PED611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration

Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Paediatric Dentistry) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Plan an appropriate preventive strategy to meet the oral and dental needs of the individual paediatric patient.  Discuss the role of appropriate behaviour management and pharmacotherapeutic techniques in the management of the paediatric patient.  Manage the bacterial, viral, and fungal infections involving the oral cavity in the paediatric patient.  Conduct and assess an orthodontic screening examination. Role of prevention and current best practice Behaviour management techniques and pain control including the role of depth of sedation. Oral soft tissue assessments and infections Facial and oral hard tissue assessment and interception None None None Contact time/Supervisor time: 32 hours Searching, reading & writing tasks: 360 hours Self study: 200 hours Telephone/e-mail contact: 8 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Assessment of four assignments: Each assignment contributes 25% (25x4) = 100% PDD (Paediatric Dentistry) Module 2 Orthodontics and Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry PDD (Paediatric Dentistry) Module 2 PED612 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Paediatric Dentistry) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Extrapolate from the recent literature pertaining to the field of paediatric dentistry the best practice to apply clinically.  Discuss and apply the oral and dental needs of special care paediatric patients.  Plan comprehensive and integrated treatment managements that include prevention and interceptive orthodontics for the paediatric patient.  Recognize complex oro-facial problems and appropriately refer for specialized care. Review and critique of recent journal articles pertaining to restorative procedures and materials, and pulp therapy in the primary and young permanent tooth. Management of children with special needs. Discussion of integrated clinical case management. 154

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time (hrs)

Method of Student Assessment

PED612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time (hrs)

Method of Student Assessment

PDD (Paedodontic Dentistry) Module 1 None None Contact time/Supervisor time: 32 hours Searching, reading & writing tasks: 360 hours Self study: 200 hours Telephone/e-mail contact: 8 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Assessment of four assignments Each assignment contributes 25% (25 X 4) = 100% PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) Module 1 Diagnostics and Radiology Maxillofacial Radiology PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) Module 1 MFR611 60 Year (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) 8.2 At the end of the module the student will be able to:  Perform all the relevant intra- and extra-oral radiographic procedures as applied in maxillofacial radiology  Discuss and apply advanced imaging such as Magnetic Resonance Imaging modalities (MRI) and Computer Tomography (CT) in the maxillofacial region  Write a responsible radiological report of any maxillofacial radiographs referred to him or her  To make a provisional diagnosis of any suspected lesion of the maxillofacial region inclusive of an acceptable differential diagnosis.  Principles of Image Interpretation  Signs in Maxillofacial Images  Developmental Dental Abnormalities  Developmental Anomalies of the Skull and Jaws  Traumatic Injuries  Infections of the Teeth and Jaws  Cysts of the Jaws  Benign Tumors of the Jaws  Malignant Tumours of the Jaws  Fibro-osseous Lesions  Metabolic and Systemic Diseases  Radiology of the Temporo-mandibular joint  Diseases of the Paranasal Sinuses  Salivary Gland Disorders  Intra-oral and extra-oral radiographic techniques  Advanced imaging modalities None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 hours Assignments & tasks: 150 hours 155

MFR611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Self-study: 150 hours Practicals/Clinical work: 120 hours Total learning time: 500 hours Assessment of four Radiological Assignments forming 50% of year mark. Three-hour written examination, plus an oral examination forming 50% of final mark. PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) Module 2 Maxillofacial Radiology Maxillofacial Radiology PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) Module 2 MFR612 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) 8.2 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  Search, critically analyze and report scientific literature in his or her final scientific report. Scientific report The completion and submission of a scientific report in the format of a literature review with reference to a selected maxillofacial radiology study. PDD (Maxillofacial Radiology) Module 1 None None Consultation with lecturer/project leader: 60 hours Assignment/self-study: 340 hours Total learning time: 400 hours This part of the programme is based on self-study in consultation with a project leader. A single final mark out of 100% is to be awarded for the completed scientific report. A pass mark of 50% must be achieved.

MFR612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Postgraduate Diploma in Sedation and Pain Control PAS611 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes PDD (Sedation and Pain Control) Module 1 Anaesthesia and Sedation Sedation and Pain Control PDD (Sedation and Pain Control) Module 1 PAS611 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 2 PDD (Sedation and Pain Control) 8.2 On completion of the Postgraduate Diploma in sedation and pain control, the student will be able to:  demonstrate independent study and information recall  critically discuss the literature, in excess of that expected from 156

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

a graduate dentist/ medical practitioner, pertaining to the field sedation and pain control  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on sedation and pain control  demonstrate a high-standing knowledge of investigative, diagnostic and clinical methods in order to evaluate and treat a patient critically in the field of sedation and pain control  demonstrate competence in skills necessary for the performance of clinical investigative, diagnostic and organizational procedures a postgraduate level  apply deepened knowledge of relevant basic subjects in those disciplines relevant to the field of sedation and pain control  communicate effectively with patients and with other health professionals, and consequently to play a meaningful role as a member of society. Review of relevant basic sciences Patient assessment Behaviour management Local/ regional anaesthesia Medicolegal / ethical implications of sedation Basic and applied pharmacology Sedation and Pain Control techniques Sedation policy Medical emergencies and management None None None Contact with lecturer: 160 hours Assignments and tasks: 80 hours Tests and examination: 40 hours Self-study: 200 hours Practicals: 120 hours Total: 600 hours Four assignments, each worth 25% of the final mark. Each assignment must be individually passed with a mark of 50% or more. PDD (Sedation and Pain Control) Module 2 Anaesthesiology and Sedation Sedation and Pain Control PDD (Sedation and Pain Control) Module 2 PAS612 60 Y (part-time) Semester 1 & 1 PDD (Sedation and Pain Control) 8.2 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  search, critically analyze and report scientific literature in his or her final scientific report. Scientific report The completion and submission of a scientific report in the format of a literature review of about thirty pages with or without clinical case reports.

PAS612 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

157

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

PPD (Sedation and Pain Control) Part 1 None None Consultation with lecturer/ project leader: 60 hours Assignment/ self-study: 540 hours Total learning time: 600 hours This part of the course is based on self-study in consultation with a project leader. A single final mark out of 100% is to be awarded for the completed scientific report. A pass mark of 50% must be achieved.

Master of Science (Structured) ANA825 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Gross Anatomy - Capita Selecta Department of Anatomy, University of Stellenbosch Gross Anatomy Gross Anatomy - Capita Selecta ANA825 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Maxillofacial Radiology) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to :  Describe the basic anatomy common to all maxillofacial radiological examinations.  Explain the cross-sectional anatomy in the axial, coronal, sagittal and, where appropriate, oblique planes  Discuss the normal anatomical variations will be expected  Describe the normal development of the growing child  Discuss the osteology of the scull and be familiar with the osteology of the rest of the skeleton Main content: Radiological anatomy of: The teeth and their development The skull and facial bones The temporo-mandibular joint The paranasal sinuses The orbits and salivary glands Pharynx, larynx and major blood vessels Lymph nodes of the neck A broad knowledge of the radiological anatomy of: Cervical spine, brain, respiratory and cardiovascular systems and abdomen None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 hours Assignments: 20 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self study: 155 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Tests 90% Tutorials and assignments 10% A final pass mark of 50% is required. 158

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

ANP811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Anatomical Pathology for MSc I Dept of Anatomical Pathology, NHLS Tygerberg laboratories / University of Stellenbosch Anatomical Pathology, Cytopathology and Morbid Anatomy Anatomical Pathology for MSc I ANP811 45 Semester 2nd Semester of Year 1 MSc Oral Pathology 9 On completion of this module: I) In general surgical pathology, the trainee will have gained knowledge and experience in:  Accurately describing the macroscopic appearances of general surgical specimens submitted as biopsies or surgical resections, and appropriately dissecting and sampling these specimens for microscopic examination  Tissue fixation and processing, the cutting and staining of histological sections (including special techniques such as electron microscopy, immunohisto- and cyto-chemistry, and molecular pathology)  Cutting, staining and evaluating frozen sections in the laboratory and on site  Interacting appropriately with colleagues and laboratory staff over those technical aspects for which they are responsible  Determining the need for application and evaluating the outcome of various relevant techniques in surgical pathology such as macro- and microscopic photography, bony tissue decalcification, histochemistry, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry, electron microscopy and molecular pathology  Accurately describing and diagnosing the microscopic features of diseased tissues. This will include all types of tissue and all types of disease appropriate to the primary experience of a general anatomical pathology trainee  Anatomical pathology reporting including appropriate observations and conclusions, appropriate amount of detail, and an indication of the degree of confidence with which any suggested diagnosis is made and placed in the context of the clinical presentation of the pathosis or information received thereof. Students should be able to use proformas for minimum dataset cancer reporting  Information technology and network/internet services for producing pathology reports and laboratory statistics  Good laboratory practice, i.e. health and safety regulations, quality control and ethical observance in the histopathology laboratory. II) In cytopathology the student will acquire:  The general knowledge and skills to assess material from all the common types of specimens including fine needle aspirations (FNA), sputum, bronchial brushings, cervical brushings, serous effusions, urine, typical examples of malignancy  Competency in performing FNA and (mucosal surface) 159

Main Content

brushings, preparing smears and imprints, and providing onsite interpretation of the cytological preparations  The ability to recognise when a specimen is inadequate, and an understanding of the possible reasons for such inadequacy and how these may be overcome  An understanding of the role of cytology in screening programmes. III) The student will have been introduced to full post-mortem examination under the supervision of a general pathologist or a forensic pathologist and will be familiar the procedures of:  Identification and photo-documentation of diseased organs and tissues  Sampling organ, blood and body fluid cultures when appropriate and preparing tissue sections for fixation and processing  Interpreting microscopic slides to identify and diagnose pathologic tissue alterations  Synthesizing all the available clinical and pathologic information to formulate a meaningful interpretation and differential diagnosis regarding the patient‟s clinical progress and cause of death  Communicating the pathological findings and conclusions to professional colleagues I. Genetic, developmental, infectious, neoplastic, (auto) - immune and environmental disorders of the following organ systems: Head and neck Bones, joints, and soft tissues Skin Vascular and lymphatic systems, thymus Peripheral nerve and skeletal muscle Haematopoetic and lympho-reticular tissues Blood vessels and the heart Gastrointestinal tract, liver and billiary tract Endocrine systems The lungs, pancreas and kidneys Breast and female genital tract The central nervous system and eye. The lower urinary tract and the male genital tract II. Histopathology techniques and laboratory procedures. None None None Hours 135 45 135 135 450 Continuous Structured Assessment with appraisal of logbook and presentations portfolio: 100% Anatomical Pathology for MSc II Dept of Anatomical Pathology, NHLS Tygerberg laboratories/University of Stellenbosch Anatomical Pathology, Cytopathology and Morbid Anatomy 160

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

ANP812 Home Department Module Topic

Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Anatomical Pathology for MSc II ANP812 40 Semester 1st Semester of Year 2 MSc Oral Pathology 9 On completion of this module: I) The trainee will have acquired adequate knowledge, practical and interpretative skills in general surgical pathology as demonstrated by:  A methodical and standardised approach to receive and register surgical pathology specimens  The ability to accurately describe the macroscopic appearances of general surgical specimens submitted as biopsies or surgical resections, and to appropriately dissect and sample these specimens for microscopic examination  Competent skills to determine the need for application and to evaluate the outcome of various relevant techniques in surgical pathology such as macro- and microscopic photography, bony tissue decalcification, histochemistry, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry, electron microscopy and common molecular pathology techniques such as PCR and in situ hybridization.  Sufficient technical knowledge of tissue fixation and processing, the cutting and staining of histological sections (including special techniques such as electron microscopy, immunohisto- and cyto-chemistry, and molecular pathology)  The ability to cut, stain and evaluate frozen sections in the laboratory and on site  The ability to interact appropriately with colleagues and laboratory staff over those technical aspects for which they are responsible  A detailed knowledge and the ability to accurately describe and diagnose the microscopic features of diseased tissues. These comprise all types of basic medical and surgical pathology appropriate to the intermediate experience of a general anatomical pathology trainee.  A lucid style of reporting including appropriate observations and conclusions, appropriate amount of detail, and an indication of the degree of confidence with which any suggested diagnosis is made and placed in the context of the clinical presentation of the pathosis or information received thereof. Students should be able to use proformas for minimum dataset cancer reporting  A sufficient understanding of information technology to be able to use computers and network/internet services for producing pathology reports and laboratory statistics  Adherence to good laboratory practice, i.e. health and safety regulations, quality control and ethical observance in the histopathology laboratory. II) In cytopathology the student will demonstrate that she or he has acquired:  The general knowledge and skills to assess material from all the common types of specimens including fine needle 161

Main Content

aspirations (FNA), sputum, bronchial brushings, cervical brushings, serous effusions, urine, typical examples of malignancy  Competency in performing FNA and (mucosal surface) brushings, preparing smears and imprints, and providing onsite interpretation of the cytological preparations  The ability to recognise when a specimen is inadequate, and an understanding of the possible reasons for such inadequacy and how these may be overcome  An understanding of the role of cytology in screening programmes. III) In autopsy pathology the student will have observed a minimum of 10 full post-mortem examination under the supervision of a general pathologist or a forensic pathologist and will be familiar with the procedures of:  Identification and photo-documentation of diseased organs and tissues  Sampling organ, blood and body fluid cultures when appropriate and preparing tissue sections for fixation and processing  Interpreting microscopic slides to identify and diagnose pathologic tissue alterations  Synthesizing all the available clinical and pathologic information to formulate a meaningful interpretation and differential diagnosis regarding the patient‟s clinical progress and cause of death  Communicating the pathological findings and conclusions to professional colleagues I. Genetic, developmental, infectious, neoplastic, (auto) - immune and environmental disorders of the following organ systems: Head and neck Bones, joints, and soft tissues Skin Vascular and lymphatic systems, thymus Peripheral nerve and skeletal muscle Haematopoetic and lympho-reticular tissues Blood vessels and the heart Gastrointestinal tract, liver and billiary tract Endocrine systems The lungs, pancreas and kidneys Breast and female genital tract The central nervous system and eye. The lower urinary tract and the male genital tract II. Histopathology techniques and laboratory procedures. None None None Hours 120 40 120 10 110 400 A) Continuous Structured Assessment with appraisal of 162

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals: Assessments Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

logbook and presentations portfolio: 15% B) 3-hour closed-book written paper consisting of a mixture of essay questions to demonstrate integrative skills and short answer questions: 30% C) 3-hour closed-book slide-diagnostic practical (surgical pathology) examination consisting of H&E-stained sections from each of 15 different cases (including surgical or autopsy cases) to be described and a morphological diagnosis (or differential diagnosis) exhibited, with mention of any appropriate ancillary investigations that may be required for the diagnosis. No dual pathosis will be included: 30% D) 1-hour interactive oral examination: this may include stations with a combination of macro-specimens, radiographs, electron photo-micrographs, clinical photos and histology sections: 25% A successful candidate must obtain an overall pass mark of 50% with the following provisions: 1) A sub-minimum of 45% for the written paper is required to be admitted to the practical examination. 2) Not more than three of the cases in the practical examination may be diagnosed incorrectly (the degree of complexity will be taken into account in marking each answer). Failure to diagnose more than 3 of the slides in the surgical pathology section will result in failure of this examination component thus necessitating a re-take of this component. DNT803 / DNT804 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Dentistry Mini-Thesis Various Departments, depending on disciplinary area of study selected. Dentistry Mini-Thesis Dentistry Mini-Thesis DNT803/ DNT804 40 Y Semesters 1 & 2 MSc (Dental Public Health); (Forensic Dentistry); (Maxillifacial Radiology); (Oral Medicine); (Periodontology); (Oral Medicine & Periodontology); (Oral Pathology); (Paediatric Dentistry); (Restorative Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  write a literature review  carry out a research project  capture and analyse a data set  prepare a written research report  present the research findings to Faculty  formulate the research as an article for publication. Research topics will come from all disciplinary areas of dentistry The module content includes: implementing a research project preparing a written research report presenting the research findings preparing research findings for publication Research Methods None 163

Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules

Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None Contact time/Supervisor time: Searching, reading & writing tasks: Data collection & analysis: Writing research report/Minithesis: Conference presentation: Total learning time: Aims & objectives (formative) Literature review (formative) Protocol (formative) Presentation (formative) Final research report/Minithesis

40 hours 100 hours 100 hours 150 hours 10 hours 400 hours

100%

DPH810 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Introduction to Dental Public Health Community Oral Health Dental Public Health Introduction to Dental Public Health DPH810 20 S Semester 1 MSc (Dental Public Health) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Discuss the concepts public health, health promotion & primary health care.  Use a computer to capture data, analyse data using Epi Info, write reports, search for literature, email  Discuss the role of social sciences in dentistry  Review different forms of health programme management Course orientation Public health Health promotion Primary health care Academic literacy Epidemiology Library orientation Computer literacy Social & behavioural sciences in dentistry Organization & management None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & 50 hours tasks: Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities in course manual (formative)

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

164

DPH821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Dental Public Health (DPH Case Studies (1-6) Community Oral Health DPH Case Studies Dental Public Health (DPH Case Studies (1-6) DPH821 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Dental Public Health) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Provide a detailed analysis of at least 6 high priority DPH problems  Discuss the public health implications of each DPH case examined  Explain the relationship of DPH to the broader environment of public health and society. Students will work through six different DPH scenarios including: Early childhood caries Oral cancer HIV and oral health Evidence based dentistry Fluoride Community based prevention programmes The broad components of each DPH case include: A narrative introduction A focus on understanding and describing the nature of the DPH problem Critique various options for responding to the problem Address issues related to health, development and other influences on DPH None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & 50 hours tasks: Self-study: 50 hours Total learning 200 hours time: Two 50% each assignments Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Dental Public Health (DPH)Case Studies (7-10) Community Oral Health DPH Case Studies (7-10) Dental Public Health (DPH) Case Studies (7-10) DPH851 20 Y Semester 1 & 2

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

DPH851 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term

165

Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

MSc (Dental Public Health) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Provide a detailed analysis of a further 4 high priority DPH problems  Discuss the public health implications of each DPH case examined  Explain the relationship of DPH to the broader environment of public health and society. Students will work through four different DPH scenarios including: Health services delivery Financing oral health services Formulating oral health policy Management of oral health services The broad components of each DPH case include: A narrative introduction A focus on understanding and describing the nature of the DPH problems Critique various options for responding to the problem Address issues related to health, development and other influences on DPH. None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & 50 hours tasks: Self-study: 50 hours Total learning 200 hours time: Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Forensic Dentistry Oral Pathology and Forensic Sciences Forensic Dentistry Forensic Dentistry FOR811 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Forensic Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  describe the legal system and the role of the forensic dentist  gather, preserve and prepare evidence for court presentation.  liaise with colleagues in Forensic Medicine, the Police Services, the Justice Department and other forensic disciplines in South Africa and internationally. 1. Basic medical sciences including anatomy, embryology, physical anthropology, comparative anatomy and dental histology. 2. Forensic medicine, autopsy techniques, body fluid analysis, 166

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

FOR811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Prerequisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time:

Methods of Student assessment:

exhumation, mass disaster identification and bite marks. 3. Dental materials, prosthetic dentistry, comparative dental practice and charting methods. 4. Legal aspects pertaining to forensic dentistry and the justice system; crime scene investigation, duties of the State Pathologist and mass disaster investigation. 5. Data capture and retrieval using computer programmes, child abuse and rape victim examination, forensic photography and forensic entomology. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 hours Assignments: 100 hours Tests & examination: 10 hours Self study: 150 hours Practical: 20 hours Visits / Attendance: 40 hours Total learning time: 400 hours 1. Assignment assessment 50% 1st assignment (10%) 2nd assignment (20%) 3rd assignment (20%) 2. Tests 15% 3. Examination 35% Students need to achieve 50%. Interceptive Orthodontics Orthodontics Interceptive Orthodontics Interceptive Orthodontics INO811 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Paediatric Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Diagnose anomalies of the dentition.  Formulate a treatment plan and predict its course.  Carry out interceptive orthodontic measures.  Execute simple treatment procedures.  Discuss the multidisciplinary approach for the treatment of cleft palate patients.  Evaluate the need for orthodontic treatment.  Interpret literature.  Construct and adjust basic removable appliances and functional appliances. Seminar topics: Physiologic growth and development Biomechanics; cephalometrics; skeletal maturity indicators. Development of the occlusion and the classification. Early treatment in the mixed dentition. Aetiology of malocclusion. 167

INO811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Management of space in the primary and mixed dentition. Diagnosis and treatment planning. Functional jaw orthopaedics. Capabilities and limitations of removable orthodontic appliances. Laboratory appliance construction techniques Clinical case management (2) None None None Contact time: 30 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Self-study: 50 hours Clinical : 30 hours Total: 150 hours Portfolio evaluation (summative) Seminar preparation 30% Assignments (X2) 40% Clinical Cases (x2) 30% Supervisor consultations (formative) Total: 100% Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology for MSc I Dept of Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology, NHLS Tygerberg Laboratories Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology for MSc I MPO811 30 Semester 2nd Semester of Year 2 MSc in Oral Pathology 9 Upon completion of this module, the student will have gained more in-depth understanding and detailed factual knowledge of the clinical, radiological and pathological manifestations of dental, oral and systemic diseases and developmental abnormalities involving the oral and maxillofacial regions and be able to:  Apply this knowledge in the macroscopic description and proper dissection of all types of surgical specimens from these anatomical regions  Describe in detail the microscopic appearances of all types of diseased tissues and abnormalities of these anatomical regions  Describe the need for application of various special laboratory techniques in oral and maxillofacial pathology such as macro- and microscopic photography, decalcification, histochemistry, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry, electron microscopy and relevant molecular techniques (PCR, cytogenetics, in situ hybridization), and evaluate the outcome of these techniques  Perform fine needle aspirations of the oral & maxillofacial regions and (trans-epithelial) brushings of the oropharyngeal mucosa and prepare cytological smears.

MPO811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

168

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals: Assessments Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

Perform tissue imprints and frozen sections of oral & maxillofacial lesions, and assist consultants with the on-site interpretation of these diagnostic modalities  Purposefully interact with clinical consultants and trainees to obtain more information relevant to the diagnostic process and/or to assist with the correct clinical management of their patients with oral and maxillofacial diseases. The classification, pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinical, radiological, histological, molecular and cytological characteristics (where appropriate) of:  Developmental defects of the oral and maxillofacial region  Abnormalities of teeth  Dental caries and periodontal diseases  Pulpal and periapical disease  Inflammatory jaw lesions  Bacterial, fungal infections, viral and protozoal diseases of the oral cavity and adjacent structures  Physical and chemical injuries  Allergies and immunologic diseases  Mucosal vesiculo-bullous diseases and ulcerative conditions  White and red-blue oral mucosa lesions  Verrucal-papillary oral mucosa lesions  Oral precancer and cancer  Dermatological diseases of the oral mucosa  Pigmentations of oral and perioral tissues  Jaw bone tumours and tumour-like conditions  Metabolic and genetic jaw diseases  Cysts of the oral regions  Odontogenic tumours  Non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws  Salivary gland tumours and diseases  Soft tissue tumors and connective tissue lesions  Lymphoid lesions and haematological disorders  Oral manifestations of systemic diseases  Facial pain and neuromuscular diseases None None None Hours 70 30 100 0 100 300 Continuous Structured Assessment with appraisal of logbook and academic portfolio: 100% Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology for MSc II Dept of Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology, NHLS Tygerberg Laboratories Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology for MSc II MPO812 30 Year 169

MPO812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration

Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Year 3 MSc in Oral Pathology 9 Upon completion of this module, the student will have gained advanced understanding and detailed factual knowledge of the epidemiological, clinical, radiological characteristics and pathological processes (at the systemic, cellular and molecular level) of dental, oral, maxillofacial diseases and developmental abnormalities. The student will demonstrate the capacity to practice Surgical Oral Pathology safely at a generalist level and be able to:  Expertly describe the macroscopic appearances of all types of surgical specimens from these anatomical regions and properly dissect these in preparation for microscopic and ancillary studies  Accurately describe in detail the microscopic appearances of all types of diseased tissues and abnormalities of these anatomical regions  Describe the need for and proficiently apply various special laboratory techniques in oral and maxillofacial and properly evaluate the outcome of these investigations  Give a diagnostic opinion (with differentials where necessary) based on the above investigations and correctly classify the disease(s) in question  Prepare cytological smears, tissue imprints and frozen sections of oral & maxillofacial lesions, and provide on-site interpretation of these diagnostic modalities  Apply this knowledge in the clinical management of patients with oral and maxillofacial diseases by means of efficient and purposeful interactions with clinicians in assisting them with tissue sampling and fully explaining the implications of any rendered pathology diagnosis.  Discuss recent advances and controversies in oral pathology. Upon completion of this module, the student will be able to demonstrate:  Adequate managerial, technical and procedural skills required for the academic practice of Oral Pathology  A commitment to a life of continuing professional development  A loyal and ethically accountable disposition towards the profession, patients and community by acting consistently within levels of competence and professional norms  A commitment to ensure that laboratory practices and test selection are regularly evaluated to determine that they meet the needs of the community  A profound respect for truth and intellectual integrity, and for the ethics of scholarship and patient care  An acknowledgement of the importance of the interdisciplinary team approach in the delivery of appropriate oral and general healthcare services and respect for the other members of the health team  A willingness for involvement and service within the broad community by contributing effectively to improved health of patients and communities  A willingness to reinforce to the public and to the profession the essential contribution of laboratory medicine to health 170

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals: Assessments Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

An acknowledgment of the vital contribution of the allied health professions to comprehensive health care. Diagnostic surgical pathology including the classification, pathogenesis, epidemiology, clinical, radiological, histological, molecular and cytological characteristics (where appropriate) of:  Developmental defects of the oral and maxillofacial region  Abnormalities of teeth  Dental caries and periodontal diseases  Pulpal and periapical disease  Inflammatory jaw lesions  Bacterial, fungal infections, viral and protozoal diseases of the oral cavity and adjacent structures  Physical and chemical injuries  Allergies and immunologic diseases  Mucosal vesiculo-bullous diseases and ulcerative conditions  White and red-blue oral mucosa lesions  Verrucal-papillary oral mucosa lesions  Oral precancer and cancer  Dermatological diseases of the oral mucosa  Pigmentations of oral and perioral tissues  Jaw bone tumours and tumour-like conditions  Metabolic and genetic jaw diseases  Cysts of the oral regions  Odontogenic tumours  Non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws  Salivary gland tumours and diseases  Soft tissue tumors and connective tissue lesions  Lymphoid lesions and haematological disorders  Oral manifestations of systemic diseases  Facial pain and neuromuscular diseases. The use of macro- and microscopic photography, decalcification, histochemistry, immunofluorescence, immunohistochemistry, flow cytometry, morphometry, electron microscopy and relevant molecular techniques (such as PCR, in situ hybridization and cytogenetic analysis) in diagnostic oral pathology. Laboratory management including safety and accreditation issues. The place of Oral Pathology in health care including screening and prevention of oral diseases. Ethical and moral issues pertinent to Oral Pathology. None None None Hours 60 35 135 30 40 300 A) Continuous structured assessment with appraisal of logbook and presentations portfolio: 10%. B) Two 3-hour closed-book written papers consisting of a mixture of essay questions to demonstrate integrative skills and short answer questions on knowledge: 40%.

171

C) 3-hour closed-book slide-diagnostic practical (surgical oral pathology) examination consisting of H&E-stained sections from each of 15 different cases (5 slides each graded high complexity, moderate complexity and standard complexity) to be described and a morphological diagnosis (or differential diagnosis) exhibited, with mention of any appropriate ancillary investigations that may be required for the diagnosis: 25%. D) Interactive objective structured oral examination of up to 3 hours duration which includes stations with a combination of macrospecimens, radiographs, electron photo-micrographs, clinical photos and histology sections on any aspect of oral pathology: 25%. A successful candidate must obtain an overall pass mark of 50% with the following provisions: 1) A sub-minimum of 50% for each of the written papers is required to be admitted to the practical examination. 2) Not more than three of the cases in the practical examination may be diagnosed incorrectly (the degree of complexity will be taken into account in marking each answer). 3) An overall sub-minimum of 50% needs to be obtained for the oral examination. Failure to diagnose more than 3 of the slides in the surgical pathology section will result in failure of this examination component thus necessitating a re-take of this component. OMD811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Oral Medicine IA Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine Oral Medicine IA OMD811 70 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to  Give account of and report on the oral medicine cases examined, diagnosed and managed in the oral medicine clinics by the postgraduate student under supervision of the specialist supervisor  Give an in-depth account of recent literature, if any, pertaining to these oral medicine cases examined and treated or being managed during this year  Document oral medicine cases in a prescribed way and keep records of these cases in a logbook. The Language of Oral Medicine Attendance of oral medicine clinics at different sites at allocated times Examination, diagnosis, management and referring if necessary, of patients with oral medicine problems under supervision of a specialist supervisor Familiarization with record keeping and documenting cases in a logbook. 172

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 hours Assignments & tasks: 70 hours Tests & examinations: 20 hours Self-study: 100 hours Practicals: 460 hours Total learning time: 700 hours Continuous assessment: (clinical assessments of cases as well as portfolio submissions of 20 cases) 40% Written Examination: 40% at the end of the module Structured Oral Examination 20% at the end of the module A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section of the assessment Oral Medicine IIA Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine Oral Medicine IIA OMD812 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Perform biopsies of mucosal lesions and explain the aetiology, pathogenesis and management of such conditions  Discuss these conditions with the patients and if necessary, be able to counsel and be able to execute such them  Describe the laboratory procedures used in the preparations of histopathologic specimens procedures. Attendance of oral medicine clinics at the different sites at allocated times Examination, diagnosis, management or referral, if necessary, of patients with oral medicine problems under supervision of a specialist supervisor Attendance of oral medicine seminars on the following topics: Normal oral mucosae: Structure and Physiology Normal oral mucosae: Immunobiology Salivary glands in health and disease HIV/AIDS in dentistry; including oral mucosal markers of AIDS Immuno-modulated lesions of the oral mucosa Current literature in the field. Publications reviewed by the student, include: Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology Journal of Oral Pathology and Medicine. None None None

OMD812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination

173

Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Contact with supervisors / tutors: 80 hours Tests and examinations 20 hours Assignments / seminars & tasks: 180 hours Self-study: 200 hours Practicals: 420 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Continuous assessment: (Clinical assessment and portfolio presentation of at least 20 cases) 40% Written Examination: at the end of the module 40% Structured Oral Examination (at the end of the module) 20% A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section Oral Medicine 1B Oral Medicine & Periodontology Oral Medicine Oral Medicine 1B OMD821 35 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine) 9 On completion of this module the student will, with regard to the specific content outlined below, be able to:  discuss in detail oral mucosal diseases that are prevalent in the oral cavity  provide a detailed explanation of the mechanisms of disease  competently manage and treat common oral mucosal lesions  recognize oral manifestations of dermatological, haematological and nutritional diseases  evaluate a patient‟s response to treatment and record the changes that are observed. Histology of the various oral mucosae Pigmented lesions of the oral mucosa Oral Premalignancy Red and white lesions of the oral mucosa Tongue disorders HIV/AIDS None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 hours Assignments & tasks: 120 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 40 hours Practicals: 130 hours Total learning time: 350 hours Continuous assessment: (clinical assessments of cases as well as portfolio submissions of 20 cases) 40% Written Examination at the end of the module 40% Structured Oral Examination at the end of the module 20% A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section of the assessment

OMD821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Name Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

174

OMD822 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Oral Medicine 2B Oral Medicine & Periodontology Oral Medicine Oral Medicine 2B OMD822 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine and Periodontology) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  discuss in detail oral mucosal diseases that are prevalent in the oral cavity  provide a detailed explanation of the mechanisms of disease  competently manage and treat common oral mucosal lesions  recognize oral manifestations of dermatological, haematological and nutritional diseases  evaluate a patient‟s response to treatment and record the changes that are observed. Red and white lesions of the oral mucosa Oral cancer Dermatological lesions with oral manifestations Diagnostic aspect of various diseases and special investigations Vesiculo-bullous diseases Oral manifestations of immunological disorders None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 hours Assignments & tasks: 120 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 70 hours Practicals: 150 hours Total learning time: 400 hours Continuous assessment: (Clinical assessment and portfolio presentation of at least 20 cases) 40% Written Examination: at the end of the module 40% Structured Oral Examination (at the end of the module) 20% A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section Oral Biology Diagnostic Sciences Oral Biology Oral Biology ORB811 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Forensic Dentistry); (Oral Medicine); (Periodontology); (Oral Medicine and Periodontology); (Oral Pathology); (Paediatric Dentistry); (Restorative Dentistry) 9 175

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

ORB811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level

Main Outcome

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Describe and draw the embryological development and functioning of the nervous system  Describe and draw the embryological development and structure of the face, the jaws, the mouth and its contents, and the structures/organs associated with the normal functions of the oral cavity  Describe the submicroscopic and microscopic events in tooth formation, as well as the microscopic features, physical characteristics and physiological behaviour of tooth material and the periodontium. The following topics will be covered:  Applied embryological development (nervous system, the face, the jaws, paranasal sinuses, the mouth and associated structures), and relevant congenital abnormalities  Functioning of both the somatic and autonomic nervous systems; cranial nerves with particular emphasis on the trigeminal, facial, glossopharyngeal, vagus and hypoglossal nerves and the structures innervated  Development, structure and clinical behaviour of the teeth, tooth pulp, periodontium and oral mucous membrane  Development, and macro- and microscopic structure of salivary glands  Properties and functions of saliva, including the secreto-motor nerve supply  Sensitivity of the teeth and neural pathways involved  Tooth eruption and clinical implications thereof  Temporomandibular joint, mastication, deglutition and taste. None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: 30 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 85 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Written Examination (60%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Structured Oral Examination (40%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Histology for Anatomical Pathology Dept of Anatomy, University of Stellenbosch Histology for Anatomical Pathology Histology for Anatomical Pathology ORP811 15 B Term 2 MSc (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module, the student should be able to describe the basic cell structure, histomorphology and variations thereof and functions of:  Epithelial tissues and other ectodermal structures including the 176

ORP811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

  

Main Content

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

integumentary system (skin), glandular and digestive organs, mucosa and linings of the respiratory, digestive and genitourinary systems Connective tissues and other mesodermal tissues including the musculo-skeletal, neural, and cardio-vascular systems Tissues and organs of endodermal origin including the respiratory and digestive systems Highly specialised tissues such as the neuro-endocrine and others of neuro-ectodermal origin, haematopoetic, immunelymphatic, sensory (eye, ear) and reproductive systems. Basic Tissues and Integrated Cell Biology Epithelium The cytoskeleton The cell nucleus Cytomembranes Cell signalling Connective tissue Adipose tissue Cartilage Bone Osteogenesis Blood and hematopoiesis Muscle tissue Nervous tissue Sensory organs: Vision and hearing Organ Systems: Protection of the body Immune-lymphatic system The integumentary system Organ Systems: Blood circulatory systems Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Urinary system Organ Systems: The alimentary system Upper digestive system Lower digestive system Digestive glands Organ Systems: The endocrine system The neuroendocrine system Endocrine system Organ Systems: The reproductive system Spermatogenesis Sperm transport and maturation Follicle development and menstrual cycle Fertilization, placentation and lactation

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Self-study: Total learning time: Structured Oral Examination: 100%

60 hours 25 hours 5 hours 60 hours 150 hours

177

ORP815 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Academic Placement in Oral Pathology Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Academic Training Academic Placement in Oral Pathology ORP815 10 Y Y MSc Oral Pathology 9 On completion of this module, with regard to Oral Pathology education, the student will be able to:  Participate in undergraduate, postgraduate and continuing professional development (CPD) programmes, outreach and other departmental educational activities  Develop appropriate learning objectives for these various programmes  Prepare and utilise a variety of suitable teaching methods (e.g. presentations, lectures and reviews)  Measure the outcomes of these programmes  Contribute effectively to health research team activities  Prepare research and case reports for presentation at a relevant local or national seminars/scientific meetings and clinico-pathological conferences  Develop, prepare and deliver lectures, seminars and other learning activities at undergraduate and postgraduate levels  Administration (module coordination, assessment, planning, etc.)  Presentation of professional literature at Journal Clubs  Management problem solving tasks None None None Hours 20 50 30 100 hrs Portfolio assessment summative 50% Supervisor consultations formative & summative 50% Human Molecular Biology and Pathology Dept of Anatomical Pathology, University of Stellenbosch Human Molecular Biology and Pathology Human Molecular Biology and Pathology ORP821 10 B 1 Semester, Year 1 MSc (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module, the student should “on a need to

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

ORP821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

178

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment ORP841 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered

know basis” be able to describe and relate to the pathogenesis of selected common and uncommon diseases:  Molecular and cell evolution  Chromosome structure, gene expression, transcription and translation, and protein structure and function  Cell nutrition and energy, membranes, receptors, adhesion molecules, and cytoskeletal proteins  Cell signal transduction, hormones and cytokines, vasoactive mediators, and the cell cycle  Development, metabolism, immunity, and neurobiology  Molecular laboratory techniques. The following topics will be covered: Biomolecular evolution Chromatin and chromosome structure Gene expression, transcription, translation and regulation RNA processing and translation Protein structure and function Principles of nutrition and energy Structure of cell membranes and receptors Cell-surface receptors and antigen recognition Adhesion molecules and the extracellular matrix Cytoskeletal proteins and molecular motors Signal transduction Bioactive lipids and inflammatory cytokines Hormones and growth factors Haemopoetins, angiogenins and vasoactive mediators Cell cycle control, apoptosis and ageing Molecular basis of development, metabolism, blood, immunity and neurobiology Genetic experimental systems and principles of molecular biology laboratory techniques Gene and protein analysis, genetic engineering, gene mapping and gene testing Gene therapy and recombinant DNA technology. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 30 hours Assignments & tasks: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Assessment: 5 hours Self-study: 35 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Written Examination (open book): 100% Applied Histology for Anatomical Pathology Depts of Anatomy and Pathology, University of Stellenbosch Detailed histomorphology of human tissues Applied Histology for Anatomical Pathology (US 64629 875) ORP841 10 Semester Semester 1, Year 1 MSc Oral Pathology

179

Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Assessments

9 On completion of this module, the student should be able to describe the basic cell structure, histomorphology and variations thereof and functions of:  Epithelial tissues and other ectodermal structures including the integumentary system (skin), glandular and digestive organs, mucosa and linings of the respiratory, digestive and genitourinary systems  Connective tissues and other mesodermal tissues including the musculo-skeletal, neural, and cardio-vascular systems  Tissues and organs of endodermal origin including the respiratory and digestive systems  Highly specialised tissues such as the neuro-endocrine and others of neuro-ectodermal origin, haematopoetic, immunelymphatic, sensory (eye, ear) and reproductive systems. Basic Tissues and Integrated Cell Biology Epithelium The cytoskeleton The cell nucleus Cytomembranes Cell signaling Connective tissue Adipose tissue Cartilage Bone Osteogenesis Blood and hematopoiesis Muscle tissue Nervous tissue Sensory organs: Vision and hearing 2.Organ Systems: Protection of the body Immune-lymphatic system The integumentary system 3.Organ Systems: Blood circulatory systems Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Urinary system 4.Organ Systems: The alimentary system Upper digestive system Lower digestive system Digestive glands 5.Organ Systems: The endocrine system The neuroendocrine system Endocrine system 6.Organ Systems: The reproductive system Spermatogenesis Sperm transport and maturation Follicle development and menstrual cycle, fertilization, placentation and lactation None None None Hours 30 15 1 180

Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods ORM813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Module Type Level Main Outcome

54 100 Objective Structured Oral Examination: 100% Oral Microbiology & Immunology Depts of Oral Microbiology, UWC and Microbiology, NHLS Tygerberg Business Unit/University of Stellenbosch Oral Microbiology & Immunology Oral Microbiology & Immunology ORM813 15 S Semester 1 MSc (Oral Pathology) F 9 On completion of this module, the student should be able to describe, explain and discuss the:  Classification and general characteristics of microorganisms  Basic principles and clinical application of immunology  Microbes of relevance to dentistry/oral pathology and specific oral defence mechanisms  Systemic infections of relevance to dentistry  Oral ecology, oral microflora and dental plaque formation  Microbiology and immunology of dental caries and periodontal disease  Dentoalveolar, oral mucosal and salivary gland infections  Laboratory techniques used in identification of oral pathogens  Pathways of cross-infection and control methods. The following topics will be covered: Bacterial structure and taxonomy Bacterial physiology and genetics Viral structure, taxonomy and replication Pathogenesis of microbial disease Diagnostic microbiology Laboratory methods Antimicrobial chemotherapy The immune system and response Immunity and infection Streptococci and pneumococci Staphylococci and Lactobacilli Corynebacteria and propionobacteria Actinomycetes. Clostridia and Bacillus species Neisseriae, branhamellae and veillonellae Enterobacteria. Parvobacteria and capnocytophaga Vibrios, campylobacters and wolinellae Bacteroides, porphyromonads and prevotellae Fusobacteria and leptotrichia Spirochaetes, Legionellae, Mycobacteria. Chlamidiae, rickettsiae and mycoplasmas Viruses of relevance to dentistry Fungi of relevance to dentistry Infections of the respiratory tract Infections of the cardiovascular system

Main Content

181

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Infections of the central nervous system and locomotor system Infections of the gastrointestinal tract Infections of the genitourinary tract Skin and wound infections Infections in compromised patients Viral hepatitis Human immunodeficiency virus infection and the acquired immune deficiency syndrome Normal oral flora, oral ecosystem and dental plaque Microbiology of dental caries Microbiology of periodontal disease Dentoalveolar infections Oral mucosal infections Salivary gland infections Principles of infection control and Infection control procedures Sterilisation and disinfection. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 60 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 60 hours Practicals: 25 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Written Examination: 60% Oral examination: 40% Oral Pathology 1 (Intermediate Level) Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Pathology 1 (Intermediate Level) PAT811 10 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Pathology); (Paediatric Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module, the student will have expanded his or hers undergraduate knowledge in Oral Pathology and will be able to (on an intermediate advanced level):  Discuss the epidemiology and explain the aetiology and pathogenesis of diseases and conditions in the oral and maxillofacial region  Recognise and describe the pertinent clinical signs and symptoms, and radiological features of these diseases and conditions  Describe the basic histological features of these diseases and interpret these to formulate a working diagnosis  Discuss the laboratory tests that are used to diagnose common diseases in the oral and maxillofacial regions. The following topics will be covered: Hard-Tissue Pathology Disorders of development of the teeth and related tissues Dental caries Pulpitis, apical periodontitis, resorption, hypercementosis Gingivitis and periodontitis 182

PAT811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Major infections of the mouth, jaws and perioral tissues Cysts of the jaws Odontogenic tumours and tumour-like lesions of the jaws Non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws Genetic, metabolic and non-neoplastic bone diseases Maxillary sinus pathosis The temporomandibular joints and periarticular tissues Soft-Tissue Disease Diseases of the oral mucosa: Infective stomatitis Diseases of the oral mucosa: Non-infective stomatitis Common benign mucosal swellings Tongue disorders Benign chronic white mucosal lesions Oral premalignancy and oral cancer Melanoma and other pigmented lesions Soft-tissue (mesenchymal) neoplasms and lymphomas Neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of salivary glands The Medically-Compromised Patient Anaemias, leukaemias and haemorrhagic diseases Immunodeficiency diseases and the acquired immune deficiency syndrome Immunologically-mediated diseases Cervical lymphadenopathy None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 hours Assignments: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self study: 50 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assignment (25%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Written (50%) and oral examination (25%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Oral Pathology 2 Diagnostic Sciences Oral Pathology Oral Pathology 2 PAT822 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine); (Periodontology); (Oral Medicine & Periodontology); 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to:  discuss the aetiology, pathogenesis, the clinical and histological diagnostic criteria for diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology  discuss the pertinent radiology and laboratory tests that are used to diagnose diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology. The following topics will be covered: Laboratory procedures: Trimming, embedding, fixation, and staining of tissue 183

PAT822 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Soft tissue disease: Infections – Bacterial, Viral and Fungal Allergies and Immunologic disease Dermatologic disease Benign tumours Premalignant lesions and conditions Oral cancer Melanoma and pigmented lesions Salivary gland disease Haematological disorders Hard tissue pathology Infections Cysts – Odontogenic and other cysts of the oral regions Odontogenic tumours Bone disease Genetic Developmental Bone tumours Fibro-osseous lesions Maxillary sinus pathology Temporomandibular joint diseases None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 25 hrs Assignments and tasks: 25 hrs Tests & examinations: 6 hrs Self study: 80 hrs Practicals: 14 hrs Total learning time: 150 hrs Assignments (25%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Written and oral examination (75%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Oral Pathology 2 (Intermediate Level) Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Pathology 2 (Intermediate Level) PAT826 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Maxillofacial Radiology) 9 On completion of this module, the student will have expanded his or her undergraduate knowledge in Oral Pathology and will be able to (on an intermediate advanced level):  Discuss the epidemiology and explain the etiology and pathogenesis of diseases and conditions in the oral and maxillofacial region  Recognize and describe the pertinent clinical signs and symptoms, and radiological features of these diseases and conditions  Describe the basic histological features of these diseases and interpret these to formulate a working diagnosis 184

PAT826 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Discuss the laboratory tests that are used to diagnose common diseases in the oral and maxillofacial regions. The following topics will be covered: Hard-Tissue Pathology Disorders of development of the teeth and related tissues Dental caries Pulpitis, apical periodontitis, resorption, hypercementosis Gingivitis and periodontitis Major infections of the mouth, jaws and perioral tissues Cysts of the jaws Odontogenic tumours and tumour-like lesions of the jaws Non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws Genetic, metabolic and non-neoplastic bone diseases Maxillary sinus pathosis The temporomandibular joints and periarticular tissues Soft-Tissue Disease Diseases of the oral mucosa: Infective stomatitis Diseases of the oral mucosa: Non-infective stomatitis Common benign mucosal swellings Tongue disorders Benign chronic white mucosal lesions Oral premalignancy and oral cancer Melanoma and other pigmented lesions Soft-tissue (mesenchymal) neoplasms and lymphomas Neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of salivary glands The Medically-Compromised Patient Anaemias, leukaemias and haemorrhagic diseases Immunodeficiency diseases and the acquired immune deficiency syndrome Immunologically-mediated diseases Cervical lymphadenopathy None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 hours Assignments: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self study: 50 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Assignment (25%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Written (50%) + oral examination (25%). Pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Oral Pathology 1 Oral Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Pathology 1 PAT831 5 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Forensic Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  explain the aetiology and pathogenesis of diseases in 185

PAT831 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

maxillofacial and oral pathology recognize the clinical and histological diagnostic criteria for diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology  discuss the pertinent radiological signs and laboratory tests that are used to diagnose diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology. The following topics will be covered: Laboratory procedures: Trimming, embedding, fixation, and staining of tissue Soft tissue disease: Infections –Bacterial, Viral and Fungal Allergies and Immunologic disease Dermatologic disease Benign tumours Premalignant lesions and conditions Oral cancer Melanoma and pigmented lesions Salivary gland disease Haematological disorders Hard tissue pathology Infections Cysts –Odontogenic and other cysts of the oral regions Odontogenic tumours Bone disease Genetic Developmental Bone tumours Fibro-osseous lesions Maxillary sinus pathology Temporomandibular joint diseases None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 25 hours Assignments & Self-Study: 15 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Practicals: 5 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Assignment (20%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Written and oral examination (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained.  Oral Pathology for MSc Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Oral Pathology Oral Pathology for MSc PAT832 10 Semester Year 1 Second semester MSc Oral Pathology 9 On completion of this module, the student will have revised and expanded his or her undergraduate knowledge in Oral Pathology and will (on an intermediate advanced level) be able to:  Discuss the epidemiology and explain the aetiology and basic 186

PAT832 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Practicals: Assessments Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

pathogenesis of diseases and conditions in the oral and maxillofacial region  Recognise and describe the pertinent clinical signs and symptoms, and radiological features of these diseases and conditions  Describe the basic histological features of these diseases and interpret these to formulate a working diagnosis  Discuss the basic laboratory tests that are used to diagnose common diseases in the oral and maxillofacial regions Hard-Tissue Pathology Disorders of development of the teeth and related tissues Dental caries Pulpitis, apical periodontitis, resorption, hypercementosis Gingivitis and periodontitis Major infections of the mouth, jaws and perioral tissues Cysts of the jaws Odontogenic tumours and tumour-like lesions of the jaws Non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws Genetic, metabolic and non-neoplastic bone diseases Maxillary sinus pathosis The temporomandibular joints and periarticular tissues Soft-Tissue Disease Diseases of the oral mucosa: Infective stomatitis Diseases of the oral mucosa: Non-infective stomatitis Common benign mucosal swellings Tongue disorders Benign chronic white mucosal lesions Oral premalignancy and oral cancer Melanoma and other pigmented lesions Soft-tissue (mesenchymal) neoplasms and lymphomas Neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of salivary glands The medically-compromised Patient Anaemias, leukaemias and haemorrhagic diseases Immunodeficiency diseases and the acquired immune deficiency syndrome Immunologically-mediated diseases Cervical lymphadenopathy None None None Hours 30 0 30 5 35 100 Written (40%), practical (40%) and oral examination (20%). A pass mark of 50% with a subminimum of 60% in the practical must be obtained. Basic Pathology Department of Anatomical Pathology, University of Stellenbosch/ NHLS Principles & vocabulary of general pathology Basic Pathology (US 10391 874) 187

PAT841 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name

Alpha-numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

PAT841 15 1 semester 1st semester Year 1 MSc Oral Pathology 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Use appropriately the basic vocabulary of general pathology  Describe and discuss the basic pathological principles of disease  Apply this knowledge in the study of anatomical pathology  Utilize information technology to access appropriate information on general pathology Cell injury, death and adaptation Acute and chronic inflammation Repair: Cell regeneration, fibrosis, and wound healing Haemodynamic disorders, thrombosis and shock Disorders of the immune system Neoplasia Genetic and paediatric diseases Environmental diseases General pathology of infectious diseases None None Anatomical Pathology for MSc Hours 25 4 121 150 1 Written paper. The pass mark for the paper is 60% Moderating oral examination. The pass mark for this module is 60%. Paediatric Dentistry 1 Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry 1 PED811 60 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Paediatric Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Design and implement a preventative strategy appropriate to the oral and dental status of children and persons with special needs.  Competently manage clinically any hard tissue lesions and anomalies including childhood caries.  Competently administer behaviour management techniques so that the majority of his/her patients can be treated without the use of adjunct medications. 188

Main Content

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assessments Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment Methods

PED811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time(hrs)

Methods of Student Assessment

Explain the theory of sedation for use in the hospital and the dental office practice.  Administer Nitrous Oxide sedation to the extremely anxious and/or apprehensive child patient for whom it is indicated. Behavioural science and pharmacotherapeutic patient management. Scientific and clinical basis including evidence-based practice, of prevention of oral diseases including periodontal disease. Advanced restorative care for the primary and early mixed dentitions. Advanced radiographic techniques for the paediatric patient. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 120 hours Assignments: Case study/tasks: 80 hours Test & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 140 hours Clinical: 130 hours Other (library): 70 hours Laboratory: 50 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Course work 100%: Theory: 60% 6 assignments submitted for assessment Seminar participation Tests Clinical mark* 40% 6 completed cases (including 2 case reports) Clinical attendance *Students must obtain a sub minimum of 50% in the clinical competent. Paediatric Dentistry 2 Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry Paediatric Dentistry 2 PED812 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Paediatric Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Diagnose, treat, and prevent oral disease including restorative, prosthetic, interceptive orthodontic and minor oral surgery for all children and persons with special needs.  Explain the causes and nature of developmental and/ or acquired anomalies/abnormalities of the oral soft and dental hard tissues lesions.  Evaluate oral and dental problems that can be treated, or appropriately refer such patients.  Advice, leads, collaborate, and communicate in multidisciplinary teams concerned with the welfare of children. Diagnosis and treatment planning of complex paediatric clinical

PED812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programme in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

189

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time(hrs)

Methods of Student Assessment

cases. Advanced management of traumatic injuries of the primary and young permanent teeth. Management of the special care patient of all ages including medically, physically, emotionally, and socially challenged. Management of the more complex paediatric cases as part of a multidisciplinary team. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 120 hours Assignments: Case study/tasks: 80 hours Test & examinations: 20 hours Self-study: 250 hours Clinical: 180 hours Other (library): 100 hours Laboratory: 50 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Course work: 60% Assignments: 60% 3 (written) submitted for evaluation Seminar participation * Clinical mark: 40% 6 completed cases (including 2 case reports) Clinical attendance Examination: 40% (Written; OSCE; Oral) *Students must obtain a sub minimum of 50% in the clinical competent. Periodontology IA Oral Medicine and Periodontology Periodontology Periodontology IA PER821 70 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Periodontology) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to  Discuss in-depth the composition of dento-gingival bacterial biofilms, its growth and composition  Discuss the literature pertaining to the relationship of plaque to inflammatory periodontal disease and its role in the aetiology of all clinical variants of gingivitis and periodontitis  Explain the aetiology, pathogenesis, clinical features and diagnosis of chronic and acute forms of gingivitis, chronic periodontitis and all forms of aggressive periodontitis  Discuss the relationship between these diseases and systemic conditions or diseases  Discuss the literature and clinical practice pertaining to oral hygiene, plaque control and root planning in the management of gingivitis and periodontal diseases; comprehensive clinical examination; diagnosis and treatment planning for moderate to 190

PER821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be delivered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

severe cases of periodontal disease Fully document cases by means of clinical, radiographic and modelled records  Assist in the management of advanced cases treated by specialists in the department. Topics to be covered during seminars: Current classification of diseases and conditions affecting the periodontium Epidemiology of periodontal diseases Aetiology and pathogenesis of plaque-related periodontal diseases Clinical diagnosis and radiographic aids in the diagnosis of periodontal diseases, including advanced diagnostic techniques Genetic factors associated with periodontal diseases Influence of systemic disease and disorders on the periodontium Influence of periodontal disease on the health of the patient Risk assessment. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 hours Assignments & tasks: 70 hours Tests & examinations: 20 hours Self-study: 100 hours Practicals: 400 hours Total learning time: 700 hours Continuous assessment: (clinical assessment of cases as well as portfolio submissions of 10 cases) 40% Written Examination: 40% at the end of the module Structured Oral Examination 20% at the end of the module A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section of the assessment  Periodontology 2A Oral Medicine and Periodontology Periodontology Periodontology 2A PER822 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Periodontology) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to discuss and execute the following procedures:  Gingivectomy and gingivoplasty  Modified Widman flap  Apically positioned flap  Coronally positioned flap  Mucogingival surgery  Root resecting / hemisecting  Regeneration procedures. Treatment planning and prognosis Rationale for periodontal treatment 191

PER822 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Periodontal treatment for the medically compromised patient Plaque control for the periodontal patient Scaling and root planning, including healing of tissues Antimicrobials and antiseptics in the treatment of periodontal diseases Occlusal evaluation and therapy in the management of periodontal disease The role of orthodontics as an adjunct to periodontal therapy Current literature in the field. During weekly sessions the student has to present short summaries of articles from the latest selected journals. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 hours Assignments & tasks: 100 hours Tests & examinations: 20 hours Self-study: 200 hours Practicals: 420 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Continuous assessment: (Clinical assessment and portfolio presentation of at least 10 cases) : 40% Written Examination: at the end of the module : 40% Structured Oral Examination (at the end of the module) : 20% A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section Periodontology 1B Oral Medicine & Periodontology Periodontology Periodontology 1B PER823 35 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine & Periodontology) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  provide a detailed discussion of anatomy, physiology and biochemistry of the periodontium in health and disease  present a comprehensive overview of recent developments regarding the classification and epidemiology of periodontal disease  explain in detail the microbiology of periodontal disease  discuss immunology and describe host responses  provide advanced non-surgical and surgical management of periodontal diseases The periodontium in health and disease Diagnosis and diagnostic techniques of periodontal diseases Classification and controversies of periodontal diseases An in depth knowledge of the epidemiology and public health aspects of periodontal disease Surgical and non-surgical periodontal treatment None

PER823 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules

192

Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Self-study: Practicals: Total learning time:

50 hours 120 hours 10 hours 40 hours 130 hours 350 hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment: (clinical assessment and portfolio presentation of at least 10 cases of advanced periodontal disease) at the end of the First year. 40% Written Examination at the end of the first year: 40% Structured Oral Examination at the end of the first year: 20% A pass mark of 50 % is required in each section Periodontology 2B Oral Medicine & Periodontology Periodontology Periodontology 2B PER824 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Medicine & Periodontology) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  discuss in detail theoretical aspects pertaining to the management and treatment of advanced periodontal disease  manage and treat advanced periodontal disease  manage periodontal diseases in medically compromised patients  perform surgical procedures relating to periodontal therapy  perform periodontal plastic surgery  perform basic dental implant procedures Medically compromised patients in periodontal diseases Surgical management of patients who have advanced periodontal disease Chemical and antibiotic therapy in periodontology Osseous defects and their management in advanced periodontal disease Orthodontic movement in periodontal therapy Occlusal therapy Periodontal endodontic interface Dental materials used in periodontal treatment Basic concepts of implantology Management of complications in advanced periodontal disease Management of complications in implant dentistry None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: 193

PER824 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

50 hours 120 hours 10 hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Self-study: 70 hours Practicals: 150 hours Total learning time: 400 hours Continuous assessment: (clinical assessment and portfolio presentation of at least 10 cases of advanced periodontal disease) 40% Written Examination (the end of the second year) 40% Structured Oral Examination (at the end of the second year) 20% A pass mark of 50% is required in each section Prosthetics 842 Restorative Dentistry Prosthetic Dentistry Prosthetic Dentistry PRS842 100 Y MSc (Restorative Dentistry) 9 (a) Partial Removable Dentures On completion of this module the student must be able to:  use knowledge and clinical skills to examine, diagnose, compose ideal and alternative treatment plans for partially edentulous patients  perform most preclinical and all clinical techniques involved in the construction of partial dentures  recognize complications and anticipate difficult treatment regimens in the partially edentulous patient. (b) Removable Complete Dentures On completion of this module the student will be able to:  demonstrate knowledge and clinical skills to examine, diagnose, compose ideal and alternative treatment plans for the edentulous patient.  perform all preclinical and clinical techniques involved in the construction of complete dentures. recognize complications and anticipate difficult treatment regimens in the edentulous patient covering a variety of oral anatomic characteristics and management problems. (c) Maxillofacial Prosthodontics On completion of this module the student must be able to:  demonstrate knowledge and clinical skills to examine, diagnose, compose ideal and alternative treatment plans for patients with intra-oral and extra-oral maxillofacial defects due to disease and trauma, as well as congenital and developmental defects.  perform most preclinical and all clinical techniques involved in the reconstruction of those defects, including the use of osseointegrating implants.  communicate with other health professionals regarding the treatment of the maxillofacial patient. (d) Craniomandibular Disorders On completion of this module the student must be able to:  Discuss the etiology of craniomandibular problems 194

PRS842 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration and semester offered Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

 Comprehensively examine a patient with a craniomandibular disorder  Manage and/or treat a patient with a craniomandibular disorder  Communicate with other health professionals involved in the treatment of craniomandibular disorders Dental materials Discuss the properties, indications, advantages of dental materials used in prosthodontics Partial Removable Dentures The following topics will be covered: Biocompatibility, composition, chemical and physical properties of materials used in and during construction of partial dentures. The co-operation with other disciplines in order to prepare and maintain optimal oral health in the partially edentulous patient treated with removable partial dentures. Principles of support and retention for removable partial dentures. Partial denture design. Precision attachments: classification, indications and their application for the RPD and over denture Denture aesthetics Removable Complete Dentures The following topics will be covered: Biocompatibility, composition, chemical and physical properties of materials used in and during construction of complete dentures. Anatomically and functionally challenging situations in the construction of complete dentures Immediate dentures Over dentures, temporary dentures Preprosthetic surgery. Different methods of jaw registration. Philosophies of complete denture occlusion including different occlusal schemes and tooth forms. Articulators. Diagnostic dentures, immediate dentures, transitional dentures, overdentures, attachment systems for overdentures, relining and rebasing of dentures. Denture aesthetics. Maxillofacial Prosthodontics The following topics will be covered: intra-oral maxillary prostheses: surgical, intermediate and definitive obturators; speech appliances/aids; palatal lift prosthesis intra-oral sectional prostheses; cleft palate prostheses intra-oral mandibular prostheses: guide flange; palatal augmentation facial prostheses: special techniques in impression taking: facial moulage and sectional impressions; the auricular, nasal, ocular, orbital and combination prosthesis the use of osseointegration in the reconstruction of maxillofacial defects. Modification of impression techniques, sectional impressions Sectional prostheses Craniomandibular Disorders 195

Main Content

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

The following topics will be covered: Optimal occlusion of the natural dentition Complete denture occlusion Occlusion for implant prostheses The diagnosis of a non-optimal occlusion The role of occlusion in craniomandibular disorders The role of stress in the aetiology and management of pain associated with craniomandibular disorders. The identification of occlusal interferences Occlusal adjustment Diagnostic, provisional and definitive treatment The role of medication in the management of craniomandibular disorders The role of surgery The role of orthodontics The role of prosthodontics Occlusal bite plane therapy. Dental materials Science Impression materials Polymers, Alloys, Ceramics Restorative Dentistry I None None 90 100 10 600 200 1000 Clinical Cases 30% Reviews 20% Written, clinical and oral examination 50% Radiation Physics/Radiation Protection Department of Physics, UWC Radiation Physics/Radiation Protection Radiation Physics/Radiation Protection RAD821 10 Y Semesters 1 & 2 MSc (Maxillofacial Radiology) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to :  explain the interaction of radiation with matter  describe the instrumentation used to produce x-rays  discuss the factors affecting the quality of x-rays  discuss the factors affecting the quality of x-ray images  explain the biological effects and measurement of radiation  discuss the current Ionizing Radiation Regulations, or its subsequent revisions 196

Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations A.Breakdown of Learning Time Contact with lecturer/tutor Assignments & tasks Tests & Examinations Clinical Work Selfstudy Total Learning Time Assessment methods:

RAD821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

The following topics will be covered: Structure of matter: the atom, atomic x-ray levels, electromagnetic radiation, production of x-rays The x-ray tube: the anode , cathode, transformers, voltage rectification, basic x-ray circuit Physics of x-ray production: Brehmsstrahlung, characteristic x-rays, x-ray energy spectrum, operating characteristics Interaction of radiation with matter: ionization, photoelectric effect, Compton scattering, pair production Production of x-ray images: image formation and contrast Factors affecting the quality of x-ray images: radiographic contrast , scattered radiation and contrast , radiographic receptors Measurement of absorbed dose: absorbed dose, dose measurements Radiation protection: patient exposure and protection, personnel protection Current Ionizing Radiation Regulations (or subsequent revisions) None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 hours Assignments: 15 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self study: 60 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Tests 90% Tutorial and Assignments 10% A final pass mark of 50% is required. Radiographic Techniques Diagnostics and Radiology Radiographic Techniques Radiographic Techniques RAD822 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Maxillofacial Radiology) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  perform all the relevant intra and extra-oral radiographic procedures as applied in maxillofacial radiology  discuss and apply advanced imaging modalities such as MRI, CT and ultrasound in the maxillofacial region  write a responsible radiological report on any maxillofacial radiograph including MRI/CT and ultrasound referred to him or her  make an acceptable provisional diagnosis of any suspected lesion of the maxillofacial region, inclusive of an acceptable differential diagnosis Origin of maxillofacial radiography Intra-oral radiographic anatomy The radiographic film Intra-oral radiographic techniques Film handling and processing 197

RAD822 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Extra-oral radiographic anatomy including panoramic anatomy Extra-oral radiographic techniques including Pantomography Principles of: tomography, CT, MRI, digital imaging and diagnostic ultrasound Infection control in Maxillofacial Radiography None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 hours Assignments: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 20 hours Self study: 30 hours Practicals 80 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Tests 90% Tutorial and assignments 10% A final pass mark of 50% is required. Signs in Maxillofacial Imaging Diagnostics and Radiology Signs in Maxillofacial Imaging Signs in Maxillofacial Imaging RAD823 35 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Maxillofacial Radiology) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  write a responsible radiological report on any maxillofacial radiograph including MRI/CT and ultrasound referred to him or her  make an acceptable provisional diagnosis of any suspected lesion of the maxillofacial region inclusive of an acceptable differential diagnosis Principles of Image Interpretation The systematic approach Observation and interpretation Dental signs Radiolucencies of the jaws Primary opaque or mixed lucent/opaque conditions Craniofacial signs Temporomandibular signs Maxillary and maxillary sinus signs Soft tissue signs None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 hours Practical 180 hours Assignments: 50 hours Tests & examinations: 20 hours Self study: 80 hours Total learning time: 350 hours

RAD823 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

198

Methods of Student Assessment

Tests 90% Tutorial and assignments 10% A final pass mark of 50% is required. Maxillofacial Radiology and Diagnostic Interpretation Diagnostics and Radiology Maxillofacial Radiology and Diagnostic Interpretation Maxillofacial Radiology and Diagnostic Interpretation RAD824 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Maxillofacial Radiology) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to :  discuss and perform all those intra-oral and extra-oral radiographic techniques that are normally undertaken in a maxillofacial radiology department. (A detailed knowledge is required for those techniques which a candidate is expected to have carried out personally on his /her own during the year of training.)  discuss the basic principles underlying the techniques used in CT, MRI, ultrasound, arteriography, nuclear medicine and interventional radiology. History of maxillofacial radiology Principles of image interpretation Classification of maxillofacial images Developmental dental abnormalities Developmental anomalies of the skull and jaws Traumatic injuries of the maxillofacial region Infections of the teeth and jaws Cysts of the jaws Odontogenic tumors Benign tumors of the jaws Malignant tumors of the jaws Fibro-osseous lesions Metabolic and systemic diseases Radiology of the temporo-mandibular joint Radiology of the paranasal sinuses Salivary gland disorders Dystrophic calcifications Advanced imaging interpretation principles None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 hours Assignments: 100 hours Tests & examinations: 20 hours Self study: 100 hours Practicals 480 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Tests 40% Tutorial and assignments 10% Examination 50% A final pass mark of 50% is required. 199

RAD824 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

RMT811 Home Department Home Department Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed semester/ term Programmes in which the module will be offered

Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Research Methods Community Oral Health Research Methods Research Methods RMT811 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Dental Public Health); (Forensic Dentistry); (Maxillofacial Radiology); (Oral Medicine); (Periodontology); (Oral Medicine & Periodontology); (Oral Pathology); (Paediatric Dentistry); (Restorative Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to  Define a research problem, and describe the related aims & objectives  Write a preliminary literature review on a selected research topic  Prepare a viable research protocol  Present the research protocol to Faculty. The module content will include how to: Define research problems, aims and objectives Write a literature review Prepare a research protocol Do a protocol presentation. None None None Contact time (seminars): 40 hours Supervisor time: 40 hours Searching, reading & writing 100 hours tasks: Presentation: 20 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Aims & objectives (formative) Literature review 25% Design & Methodology 25% Final Protocol 30% Presentation 20% Restorative Dentistry 811 Restorative Cluster Restorative Dentistry Restorative Dentistry 1 RST811 100 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Restorative Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  Perform all the preclinical techniques involved in the construction of fixed and removable prostheses  Describe the composition, chemical and physical properties of

RST811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

200

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

materials used in and during construction of fixed and removable prostheses  Evaluate the biocompatibility of materials used in fixed and removable prostheses  Diagnose occlusal disease  Perform all tooth preparations for indirect restorations to a high degree of accuracy  Fabricate provisional single and multi-unit restorations, using different techniques and materials following an anatomical waxup  Perform all clinical and laboratory procedures involved in the manufacturing of uncomplicated complete and partial denture cases  Recognize the use of radiology in the diagnosis and treatment of patients requiring fixed and/or removable prostheses  Describe and perform radiological techniques relevant to removable and fixed prostheses  Maintain optimum periodontal health  Explain the basic principles of scanning electron microscopy and apply these to a research project. The following topics will be covered: - Removable prostheses - Laboratory techniques and procedures - Manufacturing of provisional crowns - Demonstration of the manufacturing of special trays, record blocks, articulation of cases, set-up of teeth in different occlusal patters, processing of dentures - Use of semi-adjustable - Perform all the preclinical techniques involved in the construction of fixed and removable prostheses - Describe the composition, chemical and physical properties of materials used in and during construction of fixed and removable prostheses - Evaluate the biocompatibility of materials used in fixed and articulators - Different philosophies of complete denture occlusion, diagnostic dentures - Removable partial dentures: types, design, support and retention - Demonstration of the fabrication of a metal ceramic crown, tinting and characterization of ceramics - Morphology of root canals and pulp chambers - Basic principles of root canal therapy (RCT); diagnosis of endodontic problems, approaches to preparation, irrigation, obturation medicaments and materials used in RCT - Recognize the use of radiology in the diagnosis and treatment of patients requiring fixed and/or removable prostheses - Describe and perform radiological techniques relevant to removable and fixed prostheses - Maintain optimum periodontal health - Explain the basic principles of scanning electron microscopy and apply these to a research project None None None Contact With lecturer / tutor: Seminars: 300 hours 201

Methods of Student Assessment

Consultation: Assignments and Tasks: Seminar: Article review: Practicals: Clinical Work: Tests + examinations: Self study: Total Learning Time: Assignments (4) Written Examination Oral and/or Clinical Examination (50% pass mark must be achieved) Restorative Dentistry 812 Restorative Cluster Restorative Dentistry Restorative Dentistry 2 RST812 100 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Restorative Dentistry)

80 hours 95 hours 95 hours 120hours 100 hours 10 hours 200 hours 1000 hours 40% 40% 20%

RST812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  demonstrate competence in the comprehensive planning and coordinating of treatment of periodontally, orthodontically compromised dentitions  synthesize the behavioural and bio-psycho-social aspects of the treatment of a variety of patients from different backgrounds, as well as the patient who needs specialized care and prostheses (beyond the scope of the BChD student)  examine, identify and manage the patient who presents with complications as a result of her/his partially edentulous state  demonstrate competence in the treatment of anatomically challenged edentulous patients  select and recommend the most appropriate treatment for this patient.  Dental Materials Discuss the properties, indicators, advantages of dental materials used in prosthodontics A Basic and Advanced Restorative Dentistry Principles of occlusion of the natural dentition Definition and diagnosis of the different stages of occlusal disease Selective occlusal adjustments and equilibration Provisional restorations, pontic design, resin-bonded bridges, endodontically treated teeth, impression techniques Gingival retraction techniques and moisture control Prosthodontic protocol for the rehabilitation of occlusal disease including: the worn dentition, the periodontally compromised patient. B Complete and Partial Removable prosthetics Biocompatibility, composition, chemical and physical properties of materials used in and during the construction of complete and partial dentures Principles of support and retention 202

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Articulators Diagnostic dentures, immediate dentures, transitional dentures, overdentures, their attachment systems, relining and rebasing of dentures Advanced techniques in the manufacturing of RPD‟s Philosophies of complete denture occlusion including different occlusal schemes and tooth forms Different methods of jaw registration Cooperation with other disciplines to prepare and maintain optimal oral health in the partially edentulous patient. Denture aesthetics Precision attachments C Craniomandibular disorders Optimal occlusion of the natural dentition Complete denture occlusion Occlusion for implant prostheses The role of occlusion in craniomandibular disorders The diagnosis of non-optimal occlusion The identification of occlusal interferences Occlusal adjustment Diagnostic, provisional and definitive treatment The role of medication in the management of craniomandibular disorders The role of surgery, orthodontics, prosthodontics. Occlusal bite plane therapy. Dental materials Science Impression materials Polymers, Alloys, Ceramics None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 hours Assignments and tasks: 100 hours Tests and Examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 200 hours Clinical work 600hours Total learning time: 1000 hours Assignments (4) 40% Written Examination 40% Oral and/or Clinical Examination 20% (50% pass mark must be achieved) Restorative Dentistry 813 Restorative Cluster Restorative Dentistry Restorative Dentistry 813 RST813 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Restorative Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  demonstrate competence in the comprehensive planning and coordination of treatment of periodontally and orthodontically compromised dentitions 203

RST813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

demonstrate competence in the treatment of partially edentulous patients as part of the reconstruction of the dentition  thoroughly discuss the principles guiding the prosthodontic protocol in the treatment planning and reconstruction of the different stages of occlusal disease  compose acceptable alternative when the ideal treatment plans cannot be performed  communicate successfully with patients regarding treatment planning, expectations, fears, fees, responsibilities regarding cooperation, aftercare and follow-up procedures  rehabilitate and maintain oral function, comfort, appearance and health of patients with clinically challenging conditions associated with missing teeth  discuss the merits of implant treatment within the framework of alternative modalities for patients with missing teeth, partially or completely edentulous prostheses  diagnose prosthodontic complications, success or failure of existing implant-retained prostheses and proposed remedial action for the failed implant prostheses  discuss when to use the possibilities of osseointegration to extend treatment modalities and long-term predictability. Implantology Prosthodontic protocol in the treatment planning for the single missing tooth, partially edentulous and completely edentulous patient Communication between different disciplines involved in implant therapy Diagnostic wax-ups Different implant systems in SA Different loading regimens: immediate function, immediate loading, delayed loading, definitive loading Occlusion and implant-retained or implant-supported prostheses. New and actual developments in all aspects of prosthodontics using the knowledge of the previous years as a referral framework. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 hours Assignments and tasks: 100 hours Tests and Examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 100 hours Clinical work 500 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Clinical cases : 20% Assignments / Reviews (6): 20% Written, Clinical and Oral Examination: 40% Thesis: 20% Measuring Health & Disease 2 (Intermediate Epidemiology) School of Public Health, UWC Intermediate Epidemiology Measuring Health & Disease 2 (Intermediate Epidemiology) SPH839 20 Y

SPH839 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration

204

Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Semester 1 & 2 MSc (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Critically read and review the epidemiological literature  Define and measure health and illness events in communities  Assess the quality and relevance of data used to describe community health and illness  Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to public health policy and practice  Select and apply appropriate indicators to measure health and illhealth  Use EpiInfo 2000 to analyse and interpret raw epidemiological data  Interpret and report an epidemiological event. Epidemiological principles and practice Sources of data, access, reliability and validity, screening and surveillance Types and design of analytic research studies Association, causation, reliability, validity and confounding in epidemiologic research Natural history of disease, transmission and their implications for measurement The critical appraisal of epidemiology research publications and reports Communication and application: Data summary, presentation and priorities for reporting of analytic data (including use of computers for analysis and presentation) The role of epidemiology for policy, programme planning and management None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative)

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Student Assessment

Master of Science (Thesis) DNT801 / DNT802 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module MSc (Full Thesis) Department of the field of study, Faculty of Dentistry MSc (Full Thesis) MSc (Full Thesis) DNT801 / DNT802 120 Y Semesters 1 & 2 MSc (Full Thesis) 205

will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Propose a relevant oral health research question  Prepare and present a viable research protocol to Faculty  Conduct a literature search based on the research question  Write a literature review in which the evidence supporting conclusions in the relevant literature is critically appraised  Identify and consult with appropriate experts to develop and conduct research  Carry out a scientifically meaningful research project  Prepare a written thesis of 20 000 – 45 000 words  Present and publish the research findings  Identify areas for further research arising from the results Research topics may derive from any area of oral health. During the programme, the student will: Explore the theoretical aspects of: Research principles Protocol structure Literature search and review Study designs and sampling Descriptive statistics and statistical software Research report writing Apply this knowledge to Define research problems, aims and objectives Prepare and present a research protocol Implement a research project Write a research report Present the research findings Prepare research findings for publication None None None Contact time/Supervisor time: 100 hours Self-study: 1100 hours Total learning time: 1200 hours Examination of thesis 100% Calculated as the average of examiner‟s marks (Internal and External Examiner, with an extra External if candidate is a staff member).

Master of Dental Surgery ANA811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Anatomy for Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Department of Anatomy, University of Stellenbosch Anatomy Anatomy for Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery ANA811 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (MFOS) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to: 206

Main Content

critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of general anatomy, with special emphasis on the head and neck regionalanatomy  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on general anatomy, with special emphasis on the head and neck regional-anatomy  describe, discuss and apply the knowledge of head and neck regional-anatomy, and anatomy of areas from which transplantation tissue may be obtained. Embryology Basic embryology Central nervous system Head and Neck Osteology Skull Individual bones of the skull Cervical vertebrae Sternum and ribs Hip bone Radius and fibula Head and Neck Scalp Cutaneous innervation of face and scalp Muscles of head and neck Blood supply of head and neck Lymph supply of head and neck Fascia of head and neck Fascial spaces with reference to infections Anterior triangle Posterior triangle Midline structures of the neck Suboccipital triangle Submandibular triangle Salivary glands Temporal and infratemporal spaces Tongue and floor of the mouth Palate Pharynx, larynx, oesophagus Nose and paranasal sinuses Orbit with contents Autonomic innervation of head and neck Blood supply to brain and meninges Cranial nerves Thyroid and parathyroid glands Temporomandibular joint Thorax Surface anatomy Diaphragm Intercostal spaces and muscles Blood supply and innervation Mediastinum content Heart and major blood vessels Oesophagus and trachea Radiologic anatomy of thorax Neuro-anatomy Subdivisions, lobes, sulci and gyri Meninges and dural venous sinuses 207

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Arterial and venous drainage Ventricles Association, commissure and projection fibres Midbrain Blood supply of the brain stem Pons Medulla Fourth ventricle Cerebellum Pelvis and Abdomen Muscles, blood supply and innervation to iliac crest Anterior abdominal wall Forearm Anatomy of the radius Blood supply, muscles and innervation Lower Leg Anatomy of the fibula Blood supply, muscles and innervation. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 hours Assignments and tasks: 50 hours Self study: 90 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 1 Written paper. The pass mark for the paper is 50%. Moderating oral examination. The pass mark for this module is 50%. Anatomy for Oral Medicine and Periodontology Department of Anatomy, University of Stellenbosch Anatomy Anatomy for Oral Medicine and Periodontology ANA823 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of general anatomy, with special emphasis on the head and neck regionalanatomy  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on general anatomy, with special emphasis on the head and neck regional-anatomy  describe, discuss and apply the knowledge of head and neck regional-anatomy. Embryology Basic embryology Central nervous system Head and Neck Osteology Skull Individual bones of the skull 208

ANA823 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Cervical vertebrae Head and Neck Scalp Cutaneous innervation of face and scalp Muscles of head and neck Blood supply of head and neck Lymph supply of head and neck Fascia of head and neck Fascial spaces with reference to infections Anterior triangle Posterior triangle Midline structures of the neck Suboccipital triangle Submandibular triangle Salivary glands Temporal and infratemporal spaces Tongue and floor of the mouth Palate Pharynx, larynx, oesophagus Nose and paranasal sinuses Orbit with contents Autonomic innervation of head and neck Blood supply to brain and meninges Cranial nerves Thyroid and parathyroid glands Temporomandibular joint None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 hours Assignments and tasks: 50 hours Self study: 90 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 1 Written paper. The pass mark for the paper is 50%. Moderating oral examination. The pass mark for this module is 50%. Physiology for Oral Medicine and Periodontology Department of Physiology, University of Stellenbosch Physiology Physiology for Oral Medicine and Periodontology ANA824 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of physiology  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on physiology  describe, discuss and apply the knowledge of physiology. Cell physiology and biology Immunology 209

ANA824 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Haematology Cardiovascular/circulation system Respiratory system Kidney and acid base balance Endocrine/metabolism Central nervous system and muscle physiology None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 hours Assignments and tasks: 50 hours Self study: 90 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 1 Written paper. The pass mark for the paper is 50%. Moderating oral examination The pass mark for this module is 50%. Dentistry Mini-Thesis Various departments depending on disciplinary area selected Dentistry Mini-Thesis Dentistry Mini-Thesis DNT803 / DNT804 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P); (MFOS); (Community Dentistry); (Prosthodontics); (Oral Pathology); Orthodontics) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  write a literature review  carry out a research project  capture and analyse a data set  prepare a written research report  present the research findings to Faculty  formulate the research as an article for publication. Research topics will come from all disciplinary areas of dentistry The module content includes: implementing a research project preparing a written research report presenting the research findings preparing research findings for publication None None None Contact time/Supervisor time: 40 hours Searching, reading & writing tasks: 100 hours Data collection & analysis: 100 hours Writing research report/Minithesis: 150 hours Conference presentation: 10 hours Total learning time: 400 hours Aims & objectives (formative) Literature review (formative) Protocol (formative) Presentation (formative) Final research report/Minithesis 100% 210

DNT803 / DNT804 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

DPH811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Introduction to Dental Public Health Community Oral Health Dental Public Health Introduction to Dental Public Health DPH811 20 S Semester 1 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Discuss the concepts public health, health promotion & primary health care.  Use a computer to capture data, analyse data using Epi Info, write reports, search for literature, email  Discuss the role of social sciences in dentistry  Review different forms of health programme management Programme orientation Public health Health promotion Primary health care Academic literacy Epidemiology Epidemiology Library orientation Computer literacy Social and behavioural sciences in dentistry Organization and management None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities in course manual (formative) Behavioural Science & Dentistry Community Oral Health Behavioural Science & Dentistry Behavioural Science & Dentistry DPH812 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Explain perceptions  Recognise determinants of behaviour and explain how they relate to health 211

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

DPH812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Recognise and explain the impact of needs, attitudes and values on health  Recognise psychological defence mechanisms  Recognise and explain the effect of psychological factors on health risk behaviour  Recognise and explain the effects of destructive lifestyle practises  Identify, explain and select strategies for the promotion of healthy behaviour. This module addresses the interaction between human behaviour and health with the focus on public health. Perceptions and determinants of behaviour Wants, needs, attitudes, values and identity Psychological defence mechanisms Characteristics of a healthy personality Health risk behaviours Destructive lifestyle practises and stress Promotion of healthy behaviour None None None Contact time: 40 hours Assignments & tasks: 100 hours Self-study: 60 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Theory and Application of Economic Evaluation in Health Care School of Public Health and Family Medicine, UCT Economic Evaluation in Health Care Theory and Application of Economic Evaluation in Health Care DPH813 20 S Semester 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Explain the theory of economic evaluation in health care  Discuss economic evaluation techniques, their limitations, application and analysis  Explain the importance of modelling in economics, the alternative types of models, their characteristics and limitations  Design and conduct cost-effectiveness, cost-utility and cost benefit analysis, with an aim of informing a policy formulation and implementation process  Explain the potential role of economic evaluation in policymaking and service delivery level. Welfare economics and economic evaluation Costing in economic evaluation Discounting and annualisation Output measurement and evaluation Valuing health care benefits in money terms 212

DPH813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Ethical issues in economic evaluation Cost-effectiveness, cost-utility and cost benefit analysis Uncertainty in economic evaluation Modelling in economic evaluation Introduction to pharmaco-economic evaluations None None None Contact time: 30 hours Assignments, tasks and examination: 90 hours Self-study: 80 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Assignments and semester project 50% Class examination 50% Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Dental Public Health (DPH) Case Studies (1-6) Community Oral Health DPH Case Studies (1-6) Dental Public Health (DPH) Case Studies (1-6) DPH821 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Provide a detailed analysis of at least 6 high priority DPH problems.  Discuss the public health implications of each DPH case examined  Explain the relationship of DPH to the broader environment of public health and society. Students will work through six different DPH scenarios including: Early childhood caries Oral cancer HIV and oral health Evidence based dentistry Fluoride Community based prevention programmes The broad components of each DPH case include A narrative introduction A focus on understanding & describing the nature of the DPH problem Critique various options for responding to the problem Address issues related to health, development and other influences on DPH None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours 213

DPH821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Dental Public Health (DPH) Case Studies (7-10) Community Oral Health DPH Case Studies (7-10) Dental Public Health (DPH) Case Studies (7-10) DPH831 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Provide a detailed analysis of a further 4 high priority DPH problems,  Discuss the public health implications of each DPH case examined  Explain the relationship of DPH to the broader environment of public health and society. Students will work through four different DPH scenarios including: Health services delivery Financing oral health services Formulating oral health policy Management of oral health services The broad components of each DPH case include: A narrative introduction Understanding and describing the nature of the DPH problem Critique various options for responding to the problem Address issues &influences related to health, development and DPH None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Field Placements 1-4 Community Oral Health Field Placements Field Placements 1-4 DPH822, 823, 837, 838 30 each Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Participate in health facility management activities  Carry out a variety of problem-solving, management-assigned 214

DPH831 Home Department Generic Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

DPH822, 823, 837, 838 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

tasks Prepare written reports for health management Present verbal findings and recommendations to health management at various levels of the health system  Reflect and report on the placement experience. These modules address an array of tasks and responsibilities carried out for senior management at hospitals and other institutions in the health sector. Health facility, financing and personnel management Investigation of key health service problems Preparation of reports and presentations None None None Contact time: 50 hours Assignments & tasks: 150 hours Self-study: 100 hours Total learning time: 300 hours Portfolio evaluation at end of placement 75% Narrative report on placement 25% Supervisor consultations (formative)   Academic Placements 1-4 Community Oral Health Academic Placements Academic Placements 1-4 DPH824, 834, 841, 842 20 each Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Prepare and deliver lectures, seminars and other learning activities at undergraduate level  Supervise undergraduate students in primary oral health care  Contribute effectively to health research team activities  Administer CPD, undergraduate and other departmental programmes  Assess report on and propose solutions to assigned OHC management problems. These modules address an array of tasks and responsibilities carried out within the environment of the home department and Academic Oral Health Complex. They include: Teaching undergraduates Clinical supervision and service Research team activity (data collection, presentations, reporting etc.) Administration (course coordination, evaluation, planning etc.) Management problem solving tasks None None None Contact time: 50 hours Assignments & tasks: 100 hours 215

DPH824, 834, 841, 842 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Self-study: Total learning time: Portfolio evaluation at end of placement Narrative report on placement Supervisor consultations (formative) Forensic Odontology (rotation) Dept Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Forensic Odontology (rotation) Forensic Odontology (rotation) FOR813, 814 10 + 10 Y+Y Semesters 1 & 2 MChD (Oral Pathology)

50 hours 200 hours 75% 25%

FOR813, 814 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Student Assessment MFO811, 812, 813, 814, 815 Home Department Module Topic

9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to demonstrate an insight into the:  Forensic aspects of pathology and of law and ethics relating to death certification, post-mortem examination, tissue and organ retention, genetic testing and research involving human tissues and fluids or clinical records  Duties of the State Pathologist, legal aspects pertaining to forensic dentistry and the justice system  Role of the forensic dentist in crime scene, accident and mass disaster investigation  Legal and practical aspects of child abuse  The role of dental materials and prosthetic dentistry in forensic dentistry. The following topics will be covered: Data capture and retrieval using computer programmes, child abuse and rape victim examination, forensic photography and forensic entomology Accident and crime scene investigation, exhumation Identification of dental and mutilated body remains, and analysis of bite marks Comparative dental practice and charting, age determination Evidence gathering, preservation and report preparation for court presentation Liaison with colleagues in Forensic Medicine, the Police Services, the Justice Department and other forensic disciplines in South Africa and internationally. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Practicals: 100 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Portfolio: Continuous Assessment: 100% Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery 216

Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery MFO811, 812, 813, 814, 815 300 (4-year programme) 400 (5-year programme) 4 Years 5 Years Semester 1 & 2 MChD (MFOS) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of MaxilloFacial and Oral Surgery  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery  examine, diagnose and manage a Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgical patient  examine, manage and refer a complex surgical patient. Dento-alveolar surgery Implantology Trauma surgery Surgical pathology Oral medicine Infections Applied pharmacology Maxillo-Facial radiology and imaging TMJ and Facial Pain Local anaesthesia, sedation, pain control Pre-prosthetic surgery Maxillo-Facial prosthetic surgery Cleft deformities Craniofacial surgery Reconstructive surgery Microsurgery Orthognathic surgery Cosmetic Maxillo-Facial Surgery Non-maxillo-facial and oral surgical procedures Principles of research Basic medical-legal principles. None None None 4 Year prgm. 5 Year prgm Contact with 400 hours 650 hours lecturers/tutors: 200 hours 450 hours Assignments & tasks: 1000 hours 1250 hours Self-study: 1400 hours 1650 hours Practicals/clinical work: 3000 hours 4000 hours Total learning time: Continuous assessment /Logbook/Case reports: 25% Written paper : 35% Surgical operation as practical examination: 20% Moderated clinical oral examination: 20% The pass mark for this module is: 50%. Pre-requisites to sit final examination: Anatomy 217

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Physiology Oral Biology General Pathology Principles of General Surgery ATLS Oral Pathology Maxillo-Facial Radiology attendance course. OMP811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 1 Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 1 Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 1 OMP811 60 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P) 9 A. Oral Medicine On completion of this module the student will be able to  Give account of and report on the oral medicine cases examined, diagnosed and managed in the oral medicine clinics by the postgraduate student under supervision of the specialist supervisor  Give an in-depth account of recent literature, if any, pertaining to these oral medicine cases examined and treated or being managed during this year  Document oral medicine cases in a prescribed way and keep records of these cases in a logbook. B. Periodontics and Implantology On completion of this module the student will be able to  Discuss in-depth the composition of dento-gingival bacterial biofilms, its growth and composition  Discuss the literature pertaining to the relationship of plaque to inflammatory periodontal disease and its role in the aetiology of all clinical variants of gingivitis and periodontitis  Explain the aetiology, pathogenesis, clinical features and diagnosis of chronic and acute forms of gingivitis, chronic periodontitis and all forms of aggressive periodontitis  Discuss the relationship between these diseases and systemic conditions or diseases  Discuss the literature and clinical practice pertaining to oral hygiene, plaque control and root planning in the management of gingivitis and periodontal diseases; comprehensive clinical examination; diagnosis and treatment planning for moderate to severe cases of periodontal disease  Fully document cases by means of clinical, radiographic and modelled records  Assist in the management of advanced cases treated by specialists in the department. A. Oral Medicine The Language of Oral Medicine Attendance of oral medicine clinics at different sites at allocated times Examination, diagnosis, management and referring if necessary, of

Main Content

218

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

patients with oral medicine problems under supervision of a specialist supervisor Familiarization with record keeping and documenting cases in a logbook. B. Periodontics and Implantology Topics to be covered during seminars: Current classification of diseases and conditions affecting the periodontium Epidemiology of periodontal diseases Aetiology and pathogenesis of plaque-related periodontal diseases Clinical diagnosis and radiographic aids in the diagnosis of periodontal diseases, including advanced diagnostic techniques Genetic factors associated with periodontal diseases Influence of systemic disease and disorders on the periodontium Influence of periodontal disease on the health of the patient Risk assessment. None None None Contact with supervisors / tutors: 100 hours Assignments / seminars and tasks: 100 hours Self study: 100 hours Clinical / Practical time: 250 hours Teaching / tutoring: 50 hours Total learning time: 600 hours Assignments and seminars: 75% Assessment of patient portfolio: 25% Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 2 Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 2 Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 2 OMP812 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P) 9 A. Oral Medicine On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Perform biopsies of mucosal lesions and explain the aetiology, pathogenesis and management of such conditions  Discuss these conditions with the patients and if necessary, be able to counsel them  Describe the laboratory procedures used in the preparations of histopathologic specimens and be able to execute such procedures. B. Periodontics and Implantology On completion of this module the student will be able to discuss and execute the following procedures:  Gingivectomy and gingivoplasty  Modified Widman flap  Apically positioned flap  Coronally positioned flap

OMP812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

219

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

 Mucogingival surgery  Root resecting / hemisecting  Regeneration procedures. A.Oral Medicine Attendance of oral medicine clinics at the different sites at allocated times Examination, diagnosis, management or referral, if necessary, of patients with oral medicine problems under supervision of a specialist supervisor Attendance of oral medicine seminars on the following topics: Normal oral mucosae: Structure and Physiology Normal oral mucosae: Immunobiology Salivary glands in health and disease HIV/AIDS in dentistry; including oral mucosal markers of AIDS Immuno-modulated lesions of the oral mucosa Current literature in the field. Publications reviewed by the student, include: Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine and Oral Pathology Journal of Oral Pathology and Medicine. B. Periodontics and Implantology Topics to be covered during seminars: Treatment planning and prognosis Rationale for periodontal treatment Periodontal treatment for the medically compromised patient Plaque control for the periodontal patient Scaling and root planning, including healing of tissues Antimicrobials and antiseptics in the treatment of periodontal diseases Occlusal evaluation and therapy in the management of periodontal disease The role of orthodontics as an adjunct to periodontal therapy Current literature in the field. During weekly sessions the student has to present short summaries of articles from the latest selected journals. Publications reviewed by the student include: Journal of Periodontology Journal of Clinical Periodontology Journal of Periodontal Research Perio 2000 International Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Implants Articles in other journals which the candidate deems relevant and worthy of review. C. Teaching The student is responsible for preparing and giving lectures to undergraduate dental and oral hygiene students on the theory and practice of: clinical examination diagnosis treatment planning management of the compromised patient by scaling and root planning None None None Contact with supervisors / tutors: 150 hours Assignments / seminars & tasks: 150 hours Self-study: 150 hours Clinical time and practicals: 300 hours Teaching / tutoring: 50 hours 220

Methods of Student Assessment

Total learning time: 800 hours Assessment of assignments and seminars: 60% Assessment of portfolio: 40% Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 3 Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 3 Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 3 OMP813 100 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P) 9 A. Oral medicine On completion of the module, the student will be able to  Demonstrate advanced competence in outcomes for modules I and II  Discuss the close relationship between certain intra-oral lesions to some dermatological problems after spending some time in the department of dermatology of an associated medical faculty on a rotational basis  Describe the advanced treatment of malignant conditions of the head and neck region, after spending some time in the department of oncology of an associated medical faculty on a rotational basis. B. Periodontics and Implantology On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Manage periodontal cases of increasing complexity which will include the following procedures and also be able to discuss the theory of: guided tissue regeneration, implant therapy and augmentation procedures  Discuss the indications and contra-indications of implant placement and discuss/describe the indications and contraindications of different implant systems  Interact confidentially with clinicians in other clinical departments, especially prosthodontics, oral surgery, endodontics and orthodontics in more comprehensive treatment of patients. A. Oral Medicine Attendance of oral medicine clinics including rotation in the departments of dermatology and oncology in the associated medical faculties at their respective academic hospitals Topics to be discussed during regular seminars: Bacterial and fungal infections of the oral cavity Keratotic lesions, white / red lesions of the oral mucosa and premalignant conditions Neoplastic and exophytic lesions of the oral mucosa and lips Pigmented lesions of the skin and oral mucosa Diseases of the tongue, including the burning mouth syndrome Systemic diseases of concern to the Specialist in Oral Medicine and Periodontics. B. Periodontics and Implantology The student attends and participates at weekly seminars / tutorials encompassing the following topics: Surgical anatomy of the periodontium and related structures 221

OMP813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Contents

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

General principles of periodontal surgery and open curettage Periodontal surgery for pocket reduction Periodontal regenerative procedures, including materials and healing Periodontal plastic and aesthetic procedures Biological aspects of dental implants, including osseointegration. C. Teaching The student will assist in the didactic and clinical teaching of undergraduate students and supervise these students in the practical aspects of periodontal therapy. None None None Contact with supervisors / tutors: 200 hours Assignments, seminars & tasks: 200 hours Self-study: 200 hours Clinical time and practicals: 350 hours Teaching / tutoring: 50 hours Total learning time: 1000 hours Assessment of assignments and seminars: 50% Assessment of portfolio: 50% Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 4 Oral Medicine and Periodontology Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 4 Oral Medicine and Periodontics, including Implantology 4 OMP814 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (OM&P) 9 A.Oral Medicine On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Demonstrate advance competence in outcomes for modules I,II and III, to practice independently as a specialist in Oral Medicine  Demonstrate fully documented oral medicine cases as a portfolio, with histopathological reports, where applicable, for presentation to all examiners. B. Periodontics and Implantology On completion of this module, the student will be able to  Demonstrate advance competence in outcomes for modules I, II and III, to practice independently as a specialist in Periodontics  Present a logbook and portfolio of comprehensively documented cases for presentation to all examiners. A. Oral Medicine Attendance of oral medicine clinics Reviewing current literature in the field Topics to be discussed during seminars: The medically compromised/complex patient Oro-facial pain. B. Periodontics and Implantology Reviewing current literature in the field Topics to be covered during seminars:

OMP814 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

222

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Method of Student Assessment

Surgical aspects of dental implants Advanced implant surgery – bone grafting techniques and other augmentation and regenerative procedures Diagnosis and treatment of peri-implant complications Periodontal-restorative interrelationship Supportive periodontal treatment. C. Teaching The student continues to participate in the teaching of undergraduate dental and oral health students by giving lectures and holding regular tutorials. None None None Contact with supervisors / tutors: 100 hours Seminars /assignments and tasks: 100 hours Self-study: 200 hours Clinical time and practicals: 350 hours Teaching / tutoring: 50 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Written examination: 50% Assessment of portfolio: 20% Structured oral examination: 30% Oral Biology Oral Biology Oral Biology Oral Biology ORB811 15 B Term 2 MChD (MFOS); (OM&P); (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to:  Describe the embryological development and functioning of the nervous system  Describe the embryological development and structure of the face, the jaws, the mouth and its contents, and the structures/organs associated with the normal functions of the oral cavity  Describe the submicroscopic and microscopic events in tooth formation, as well as the microscopic features, physical characteristics and physiological behaviour of tooth material and the periodontium  Describe and explain the nerve supply of the mouth and all related structures The following topics will be covered: Applied embryological development (nervous system, the face, the jaws, paranasal sinuses, the mouth and associated structures), and relevant congenital abnormalities Functioning of both the somatic and autonomic nervous systems; cranial nerves with particular emphasis on the trigeminal, facial, glosso-pharyngeal, vagus and hypoglossal nerves and the structures innervated Development, structure and clinical behaviour of the teeth, tooth pulp, 223

ORB811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

periodontium and oral mucous membrane Development, and macro- and microscopic structure of salivary glands Properties and functions of saliva, including the secreto-motor nerve supply Sensitivity of the teeth and neural pathways involved Tooth eruption and clinical implications thereof Temporomandibular joint, mastication, deglutition and taste None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: 30 hours Assignments & tasks: 30 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 85 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Written Examination: 60% Structured Oral Examination: 40% Oral Biology with Anatomy and Physiology Diagnostic Sciences Oral Biology with Anatomy and Physiology Oral Biology with Anatomy and Physiology ORB821 30 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Orthodontics); (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of this module the student will be able to: A. Oral Biology  Describe and draw the embryological development and functioning of the nervous system  Describe and draw the embryological development and structure of the face, the jaws, the mouth and its contents, and the structures/organs associated with the normal functions of the oral cavity  Describe the submicroscopic and microscopic events in tooth formation, as well as the microscopic features, physical characteristics and physiological behaviour of tooth material and the periodontium. B. Anatomy  Describe and draw the bony structures of the head and neck area  Describe and draw the masticatory and facial muscles  Describe the process of swallowing  Describe the salivary glands  Describe and draw the temporomandibular joint  Describe the nerve and blood supply of the mouth and all related structures.  Lymphatic system of head and neck C. Physiology  Describe non-specific and specific immunological defence reactions, allergy and atopy  Describe the processes involved in bone density: Ca and P homeostasis 224

ORB821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

 Describe the physiology of ageing  Describe the physiologic process that take place during healing  Describe the actions of the skeletal muscle  Describe production, secretion and different types of saliva.  Explain the sensation of pain The following topics will be covered: A. Oral Biology Applied embryological development (nervous system, the face, the jaws, paranasal sinuses, the mouth and associated structures), and relevant congenital abnormalities Functioning of both the somatic and autonomic nervous systems; cranial nerves with particular emphasis on the trigeminal, facial, glossopharyngeal, vagus and hypoglossal nerves and the structures innervated Development, structure and clinical behaviour of the teeth, tooth pulp, periodontium and oral mucous membrane Development, and macro- and microscopic structure of salivary glands Properties and functions of saliva, including the secretomotor nerve supply Sensitivity of the teeth and neural pathways involved Tooth eruption and clinical implications thereof Temporomandibular joint, mastication, deglutition and taste. B. Anatomy Anatomy of head and neck (osteology, muscles, cranial nerves 5, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, blood circulation, lymphatic system, salivary glands, alveolar process, teeth). C. Physiology Principles of immunology: Non-specific immunological defence. Specific immunological defence. Allergy and atopy Calcium and phosphate homeostasis, bone metabolism Healing Ageing Skeletal muscle Pain Saliva None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: 60 hours Assignments & tasks: 60 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self-study: 170 hours Total learning time: 300 hours Oral biology (weight 60%) Written Examination A pass mark of 50% must be obtained Physiology (weight 20%) Written Examination (60%) and Oral Examination (40%) A pass mark of 50% must be obtained Anatomy (weight 20%) Written Examination (60%) and Oral Examination (40%) A pass mark of 50% must be obtained Oral Microbiology and Immunology Depts of Oral Microbiology, UWC and Microbiology, NHLS Tygerberg Business Unit/University of Stellenbosch 225

ORM813 Home Department

Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Oral Microbiology and Immunology Oral Microbiology and Immunology ORM813 15 S Semester 1 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module, the student should be able to describe, explain and discuss the:  Classification and general characteristics of microorganisms  Basic principles and clinical application of immunology  Microbes of relevance to dentistry/oral pathology and specific oral defence mechanisms  Systemic infections of relevance to dentistry  Oral ecology, oral microflora and dental plaque formation  Microbiology and immunology of dental caries and periodontal disease  Dentoalveolar, oral mucosal and salivary gland infections  Laboratory techniques used in identification of oral pathogens  Pathways of cross-infection and control methods. The following topics will be covered: Bacterial structure and taxonomy Bacterial physiology and genetics Viral structure, taxonomy and replication Pathogenesis of microbial disease Diagnostic microbiology Laboratory methods Antimicrobial chemotherapy The immune system and response Immunity and infection Streptococci and pneumococci Staphylococci and Lactobacilli Corynebacteria and propionobacteria Actinomycetes. Clostridia and Bacillus species Neisseriae, branhamellae and veillonellae Enterobacteria. Parvobacteria and capnocytophaga Vibrios, campylobacters and wolinellae Bacteroides, porphyromonads and prevotellae Fusobacteria and leptotrichia Spirochaetes, Legionellae, Mycobacteria. Chlamidiae, rickettsiae and mycoplasmas Viruses of relevance to dentistry Fungi of relevance to dentistry Infections of the respiratory tract Infections of the cardiovascular system Infections of the central nervous system and locomotor system Infections of the gastrointestinal tract Infections of the genitourinary tract Skin and wound infections Infections in compromised patients Viral hepatitis Human immunodeficiency virus infection and the acquired immune deficiency syndrome Normal oral flora, oral ecosystem and dental plaque 226

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Microbiology of dental caries Microbiology of periodontal disease Dentoalveolar infections Oral mucosal infections salivary gland infections Principles of infection control and infection control procedures Sterilisation and disinfection. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 60 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 60 hours Practicals: 25 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Written Examination: 60% Oral examination: 40% Histology for Anatomical Pathology Dept of Anatomy, University of Stellenbosch Histology Histology for Anatomical Pathology ORP811 15 B Term 3 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module, the student should be able to describe the basic cell structure, histomorphology and variations thereof, and functions of:  Epithelial tissues and other ectodermal structures including the integumentary system (skin), glandular and digestive organs, mucosa and linings of the respiratory, digestive and genitourinary systems  Connective tissues and other mesodermal tissues including the musculo-skeletal, neural, and cardio-vascular systems  Tissues and organs of endodermal origin including the respiratory and digestive systems  Highly specialised tissues such as the neuro-endocrine and others of neuro-ectodermal origin, haematopoetic, immune-lymphatic, sensory (eye, ear) and reproductive systems. The following topics will be covered: I. Basic Tissues and Integrated Cell Biology Epithelium The cytoskeleton The cell nucleus Cytomembranes Cell signalling Connective tissue Adipose tissue Cartilage Bone Osteogenesis Blood and hematopoiesis Muscle tissue 227

ORP811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment ORP821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Nervous tissue Sensory organs: Vision and hearing II. Organ Systems: Protection of the body Immune-lymphatic system The integumentary system III. Organ Systems: Blood circulatory systems Cardiovascular system Respiratory system Urinary system IV. Organ Systems: The alimentary system Upper digestive system Lower digestive system Digestive glands V. Organ Systems: The endocrine system The neuroendocrine system Endocrine system VI. Organ Systems: The reproductive system Spermatogenesis Sperm transport and maturation Follicle development and menstrual cycle Fertilization, placentation and lactation. None None None Contact with lecturer/tutor: 60 hours Assignments & tasks: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 60 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Structured Oral Examination: 100% Human Molecular Biology and Pathology Dept of Anatomical Pathology, University of Stellenbosch Human Molecular Biology and Pathology Human Molecular Biology and Pathology ORP821 10 S Semester 1 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module, the student should “on a need to know basis” be able to describe and relate to the pathogenesis of selected common and uncommon diseases:  Molecular and cell evolution  Chromosome structure, gene expression, transcription and translation, and protein structure and function  Cell nutrition and energy, membranes, receptors, adhesion molecules, and cytoskeletal proteins  Cell signal transduction, hormones and cytokines, vasoactive mediators, and the cell cycle  Development, metabolism, immunity, and neurobiology  Molecular laboratory techniques. The following topics will be covered:

Main Content

228

Biomolecular evolution Chromatin and chromosome structure, Gene expression, transcription, translation and regulation RNA processing and translation Protein structure and function Principles of nutrition and energy Structure of cell membranes and receptors Cell-surface receptors and antigen recognition Adhesion molecules and the extracellular matrix Cytoskeletal proteins and molecular motors Signal transduction Bioactive lipids and inflammatory cytokines Hormones and growth factors Haemopoetins, angiogenins, and vasoactive mediators Cell cycle control, apoptosis, and ageing Molecular basis of development, metabolism, blood, immunity, and neurobiology Genetic experimental systems and principles of molecular biology laboratory techniques Gene and protein analysis, genetic engineering, gene mapping and gene testing Gene therapy and recombinant DNA technology. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 30 hours Assignments & tasks: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 5 hours Self-study: 35hours Total learning time: 100hours Written Examination (open book): 100% Anatomical Pathology, Cytopathology and Morbid Anatomy Dept of Anatomical Pathology, NHLS Tygerberg Business Unit/University of Stellenbosch Anatomical Pathology, Cytopathology and Morbid Anatomy Anatomical Pathology, Cytopathology and Morbid Anatomy ORP822, 831 90 + 90 Y+Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of this module: I) In general surgical pathology, the trainee will have adequate knowledge, practical and interpretative skills demonstrated by:  A methodical and standardised approach to dealing with surgical pathology specimens  The ability to accurately describe the macroscopic appearances of general surgical specimens submitted as biopsies or surgical resections, and to appropriately dissect and sample these specimens for microscopic examination  A detailed knowledge and the ability to accurately describe and diagnose the microscopic features of diseased tissues. This will 229

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment ORP822, 831 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

include all types of tissue and all types of disease appropriate to the intermediate experience of a general anatomical pathology trainee  Competent skills to determine the need for application and to evaluate the outcome of various relevant techniques in surgical pathology such as macro- and microscopic photography, bony tissue decalcification, histochemistry, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry, electron microscopy and molecular pathology  The ability to cut, stain and evaluate frozen sections in the laboratory and on site  A lucid style of reporting including appropriate observations and conclusions, appropriate amount of detail, and an indication of the degree of confidence with which any suggested diagnosis is made and placed in the context of the clinical presentation of the pathosis or information received thereof. Students should be able to use proformas for minimum dataset cancer reporting  Understanding of information technology sufficient to be able to use computers and network/internet services for producing pathology reports and laboratory statistics  Sufficient technical knowledge of tissue fixation and processing, the cutting and staining of histological sections (including special techniques such as electron microscopy, immunohisto- and cytochemistry, and molecular pathology) to be able to interact appropriately with colleagues and laboratory staff over those technical aspects for which they are responsible  Adherence to health and safety regulations, and quality control in the histopathology laboratory. II) In cytopathology the student will demonstrate that she or he has acquired:  The general knowledge and skills to assess material from all the common types of specimens including fine needle aspirations (FNA), sputum, bronchial brushings, cervical brushings, serous effusions, urine, typical examples of malignancy  Competency in performing FNA and brushings, preparing smears and imprints, and providing on-site interpretation of the cytological preparations  The ability to recognise when a specimen is inadequate, and an understanding of the possible reasons for such inadequacy and how these may be overcome  An understanding of the role of cytology in cervical and breast pathology screening programmes. III) In autopsy pathology the student will have performed or participated at a minimum of 20 full post-mortem examination under the supervision of a general pathologist or a forensic pathologist and demonstrate the competence to:  Identify and photo-document diseased organs and tissues  Take organ, blood and body fluid cultures when appropriate and prepare tissue sections for fixation and processing  Interpret microscopic slides to identify and diagnose pathologic tissue alterations  Synthesize all the available clinical and pathologic information to formulate a meaningful interpretation and differential diagnosis regarding the patient‟s clinical progress and cause of death  Ably communicate the pathological findings and conclusions to professional colleagues 230

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Fulfill professional obligations regarding the rendering of a provisional and final diagnosis in an efficient, courteous and timely manner. The following topics will be covered: I. General Pathology Cellular Adaptations, Cell Injury, and Cell Death Acute and Chronic Inflammation, Tissue Repair: Cellular Growth, Fibrosis, and Wound Healing Haemodynamic disorders, Thrombosis, and Shock Genetic Disorders Diseases of Immunity Neoplasia Infectious Diseases Environmental and Nutritional Pathology Diseases of Infancy and Childhood. II. Diseases of Organ Systems Blood Vessels and the Heart Red Cells and Bleeding Disorders White Cells, Lymph Nodes, Spleen, and Thymus Head and Neck Gastrointestinal Tract, Liver and Biliary Tract The Lung, Pancreas and Kidneys Lower Urinary Tract and the Male Genital Tract Breast and Female Genital Tract Endocrine Systems Skin Bones, Joints, and Soft Tissue Tumors Peripheral Nerve and Skeletal Muscle The Central Nervous System and Eye. III. Histopathology techniques and laboratory procedures. None None None Year 1 Year 2 Contact with lecturers/tutors: 250 hours 200 hours Assignments & portfolio: 100 hours 100 hours Self-study: 300 hours 340 hours Practicals: 250 hours 250 hours Tests and examinations: 10 hours Total learning time: 900 hours 900 hours Total Learning Time: 1800 hours Year 1: Continuous Structured Assessment: 100% Year 2: Written Examination: 30% Diagnostic Histopathology Practical Examination: 40% Appraisal of logbook, post-mortem and presentations portfolios: 10% Interactive oral examination: 20% Introduction to Laboratory and Clinical Pathology (rotation) Depts of Microbiology, Chemical Pathology, Haematology and Virology, NHLS Tygerberg Business Unit/University of Stellenbosch Laboratory and Clinical Pathology Introduction to Laboratory and Clinical Pathology (rotation) ORP832 30 231

ORP832 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value

Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which module will be offered Level Main Outcome

T Term 1 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of the module, the trainee will demonstrate:  a broad insight and understanding of the practical aspects of laboratory medicine other than Anatomical Pathology. The following topics will be covered: Microbiological and viral culturing/identification Large-scale laboratory testing facilities Automated and manual equipment Computerized record keeping and reporting systems Quality control procedures in each of the following pathology disciplines: Medical Microbiology Virology Haematopathology Chemical Pathology. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Practicals: 200 hours Total learning time: 300 hours Portfolio: Continuous Assessment: 100% Clinical Oral Pathology (rotation) Depts of Oral Pathology, Oral Diagnosis and Radiology, Oral Medicine, Maxillofacial and Oral Surgery, Oral Radiology, UWC and Radiation Oncology, University of Cape Town/Groote Schuur Hospital Clinical Oral Pathology Clinical Oral Pathology (rotation) ORP833, 824 10 + 10 Y+Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 On completion of the module, the students will be able to demonstrate broad insight and understanding of the theoretical and practical aspects of each of the following disciplines:  Oral Diagnosis  Oral Medicine and Dermatology  Oral Surgery  Oral Radiology  Oral Oncology. History taking and oral examination Incisional (scalpel, punch) and excisional biopsy of oral mucosal tissue from the perspective of the clinically oriented oral pathologist Needle biopsy of deep soft tissue lesions of the oral and maxillofacial regions Oral mucosal brushings and fine needle aspirations of the oral and 232

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment ORP833, 824 Home Department

Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment ORT811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Module/ Semester Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

maxillofacial regions, salivary glands and cervical neck lymph nodes Taking of microbiological samples Prescription and interpretation of radiographic images Liaison and communication with specialists in the above disciplines regarding the correct management of patients. None None None Contact with lecturers/tutors: 50 hours Practicals: 150 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Portfolio: Continuous Assessment: 100% Removable Appliances Orthodontics, Faculty of Dentistry Removable Appliances Removable Appliances ORT811 10 S Semester 1 MChD (Orthodontics) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  design and construct any orthodontic appliance  fabricate study models  use specific types of removable appliances  recognize faults in appliance design and fabrication  solder and weld stainless steel components  adjust and modify removable appliances. Wire bending and soldering techniques Fabrication of Class I, II, & III study models Basic removable appliances: design, fabrication and functions Advanced removable appliance: design, fabrication and functions None None None Contact time: 40 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 10 hours Total learning time: 100 hours Supervisor consultations Formative Summative 100% Pre-Clinical Orthodontics Orthodontics, Faculty of Dentistry Pre-Clinical Orthodontics Pre-Clinical Orthodontics ORT821 20 S Semester 1

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

ORT821 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term

233

Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

MChD (Orthodontics) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  conduct orthodontic examination  acquire orthodontic records including photographs, impressions and radiographs  analyze radiological records  identify all cephalometric land marks  interpret specific orthodontic analyses  trace VTO and STO  analyze orthodontic records  complete a variety of cases on a typodont  diagnose and draw up a treatment plan. Clinical examination Radiology Wire bending Typodonts Tweed, Begg/Tip-edge, Straight wire Laboratory procedures Seminars and discussion None None None Contact time: 120 hours Assignments & tasks: 40 hours Self-study: 40 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Supervisor consultations: 100% Academic Placements 1-4 Orthodontics, Faculty of Dentistry Academic Placements Academic Placements 1-4 ORT812, 813, 834, 15, 20, 20,20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Orthodontics) 9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to:  Prepare and deliver lectures, seminars and other learning activities at undergraduate level  Supervise undergraduate students with removable appliance therapy  Contribute effectively to health research team activities  Participate in CPD, undergraduate and other departmental programmes  Prepare a research/case report for presentation at a relevant local or national scientific meeting/conference. Teaching undergraduates Clinical supervision and service Administration (module coordination, assessment, planning etc.) Management problem solving tasks.

Main Content

Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Student Assessment ORT812, 813, 834 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

234

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None None None Contact time: Assignments & tasks: Self-study: Total learning time: Portfolio assessment: summative Supervisor consultations: formative summative Orthodontic Seminars 1-4 Orthodontics, Faculty of Dentistry Orthodontic Seminars Orthodontic Seminars 1-4 ORT841, 822, 823, 814 20, 30, 30, 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Orthodontics)

590 hours 80 hours 80 hours 750 hours 50% 50%

ORT841, 822, 823, 814 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Student Assessment

9 On completion of this module, the student will be able to;  Conduct a comprehensive literature review of specified topics in orthodontics  Critically appraise journal articles  Produce a thorough and comprehensive review of the relevant literature or any other source material in his/her own words on specified topics  Present seminars applying a critical approach to the allocated topics  Participate in and contribute to the debate during seminars with sound knowledge of the specified topics under discussion  Discuss the latest trends in orthodontics  Discuss the controversies related to clinical orthodontics  Have specific viewpoints with respect to controversies in the practice of clinical orthodontics. Literature reviews Seminar presentations as specified in the course outline Journal discussion None None None Contact time: 360 hours Assignments & tasks: 240 hours Self-study: 600 hours Total learning time: 1200 hours Portfolio assessment 50% Supervisor consultations 50 %

235

ORT851, 832, 833, 824 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Clinical Orthodontics 1-4 Orthodontics, Faculty of Dentistry Clinical Orthodontics Clinical Orthodontics 1-4 ORT851, 832, 833, 824 25, 50, 50, 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Orthodontics) 9 On completion of the module the student will be able to:  Clinically examine and evaluate patients with malocclusions  Diagnose anomalies and abnormalities in the dentition, facial structures and functional conditions  Recognize and identify factors contributing to the malocclusion  Obtain orthodontic records for case analyses  Apply and interpret various orthodontic analyses  Formulate the most appropriate treatment plan following consideration of the underlying aetiological factors and the expectations of the patient  Predict the course of the planned treatment  Evaluate psychological aspects relevant to orthodontics  Provide orthodontic treatment based on scientific principles  Conduct interceptive orthodontic measures  Execute a varied range (in degrees of severity) of treatment procedures  Collaborate in multidisciplinary teams for treatment of compromised patients, orthodontic-surgical treatment and care of cleft lip and cleft palate patients  Evaluate the need for orthodontic treatment from a public health planning perspective  Act as an expert in orthodontics and related matters  Advise and consult with professional colleagues on orthodontic aspects of malocclusion  Practice orthodontics with high professional and ethical standards. Case discussions Clinical case management None None None Contact time 890 Assignments & tasks 380 Self-study 380 Total learning time: 1650 hours 1-3 : Formative assessment (supervisor consultations) 4: Written Examination: Summative 25% Portfolio assessment: Summative 25% Supervisor consultations: Formative Total: Summative 50%

Main Content Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

236

PAT813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Oral Pathology and Radiology (Diagnostic level) for MFOS Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology Oral Pathology and Radiology Oral Pathology and Radiology (Diagnostic level) for MFOS PAT813 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (MFOS) 9 On completion of this module, the student will, on an advanced level, be able to:  Discuss the epidemiology and explain the aetiology and pathogenesis of diseases and conditions in the oral and maxillofacial region  Recognise, describe and interpret the clinical signs and symptoms, the features of these diseases and conditions  Interpret and describe the radiological, macroscopic and histopathological features of these diseases and conditions  Describe and discuss the laboratory tests (including immunocytochemistry) that are used to diagnose diseases in the oral and maxillofacial regions  Correlate the clinical, radiological and laboratory data to formulate a differential and final working diagnosis and to meaningfully interact with pathologists and radiologists in this regard. The following topics will be covered: Developmental disorders of oral and maxillofacial tissues Bacterial infections, fungal, viral and protozoal diseases Physical and chemical injuries Dentoalveolar and jaw/adjacent skull bone pathology: Developmental disorders and acquired defects of teeth Dental caries, pulpal and periapical disease Gingivitis and periodontal disease Major infections of bone Cysts of the jaws Odontogenic tumours and tumour-like lesions Non-odontogenic tumours Genetic, metabolic and non-neoplastic bone diseases Pathosis of the temporomandibular joints and periarticular tissues Oral mucosa disease: Infective and non-infective stomatitis including vesiculo-bullous diseases Common benign mucosal swellings and tongue disorders Benign chronic white mucosal lesions Oral premalignancy and oral cancer Melanoma and other pigmented lesions Mucosal involvement of dermatological diseases Soft tissue and skin diseases: Soft-tissue neoplasms and lymphomas Neoplastic and non-neoplastic diseases of salivary glands Major soft tissue and peri-oral infections Dermatologic diseases of the perioral regions Maxillary sinus pathosis The medically-compromised patient: 237

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Oral manifestations of systemic diseases Anaemias, leukaemias and other haematological diseases Immunodeficiency diseases and the acquired immune deficiency syndrome Allergies and immunologically-mediated diseases Cervical lymphadenopathy Differential diagnosis of oral and maxillofacial diseases Histology laboratory procedures: Trimming, embedding, fixation, routine and specialised staining of tissues. None None None Theoretical tutorials: 60 hours Histopathology & laboratory practicals: 80 hours Interactive microscopic assessments: 60 hours Clinico-pathological case studies: 50 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self study: 140 hours Total learning time: 400 hours Continuous assessment: (20%) Written: (30%) OSPE examination: (30%) Oral: (20%) A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. General Pathology Department of Anatomical Pathology, University of Stellenbosch/ NHLS General Pathology General Pathology PAT812, 822 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (MFOS); (OM&P) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of general pathology  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on general pathology  describe, discuss and apply the knowledge of general pathology. General pathology Cell injury, death and adaptation Acute and chronic inflammation Repair: Cell regeneration, fibrosis, and wound healing Haemodynamic disorders, thrombosis and shock Disorders of the immune system Neoplasia Genetic an paediatric diseases Environmental diseases General pathology of infectious diseases Diseases of organ systems Blood vessels 238

PAT812, 822 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

The heart The haemapoietic and lymphoid systems Lungs and the upper respiratory tract The kidney and its collection system The oral cavity and gastrointestinal tract The liver and the biliary tract The pancreas The male genital system Female genital system and breast Endocrine system The musculoskeletal system The skin The nervous system. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 hours Assignments and tasks: 50 hours Self study: 90 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 1 Written paper. The pass mark for the paper is 50%. Moderating oral examination. The pass mark for this module is 50%. Oral Pathology Diagnostic Sciences Oral Pathology Oral Pathology PAT822 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to:  discuss the aetiology, pathogenesis, the clinical and histological diagnostic criteria for diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology  discuss the pertinent radiology and laboratory tests that are used to diagnose diseases in maxillofacial and oral pathology. The following topics will be covered: Laboratory procedures: Trimming, embedding, fixation, and staining of tissue Soft tissue disease: Infections – Bacterial, Viral and Fungal Allergies and Immunologic disease Dermatologic disease Benign tumours Premalignant lesions and conditions Oral cancer Melanoma and pigmented lesions Salivary gland disease Hematological disorders Hard tissue pathology Infections 239

PAT822 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Cysts – Odontogenic and other cysts of the oral regions Odontogenic tumours Bone disease Genetic Developmental Bone tumours Fibro-osseous lesions Maxillary sinus pathology Temporomandibular joint diseases None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 25 hours Assignments and tasks: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 6 hours Self study: 80 hours Practicals: 14 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Assignments (25%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Written and oral examination (75%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Dept of Oral & Maxillofacial Pathology, NHLS Tygerberg Business Unit Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology Diagnostic Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology PAT823 50 + 60 Y+Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Oral Pathology) 9 Upon completion of this module the successful specialist will demonstrate: Knowledge  Specialised and detailed factual knowledge of the clinical, radiological and pathological manifestations of dental, oral and systemic diseases and developmental abnormalities involving the oral and maxillofacial regions  In-depth understanding and knowledge in the clinical management of patients with oral and maxillofacial diseases enabling efficient and purposeful interaction with clinical colleagues and a full understanding of the implications of any rendered pathology diagnosis. Skills  Expertise in the macroscopic description, proper dissection and sampling of all types of surgical specimens from the oral and maxillofacial regions  Expert diagnostic skills and the ability to describe in detail the microscopic appearances of all types of diseased tissues and abnormalities of the oral and maxillofacial regions appropriate to the experience of an oral pathologist  Proficiency in the technical and diagnostic aspects of decalcified and non-decalcified sections of maxillofacial bone diseases and dental abnormalities 240

PAT826 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcome

Main Content

Competent diagnostic skills in oral and maxillofacial cytopathology including salivary glands  Competency in determining the need for application of various special laboratory techniques in oral and maxillofacial pathology such as macro- and microscopic photography, histochemistry, immunofluorescence, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry, electron microscopy and molecular pathology, and expertise in the evaluation of the outcome of these techniques  Competence in preparing cytological smears, tissue imprints and frozen sections, and providing on-site interpretation of these diagnostic modalities  Adequate managerial, technical and procedural skills required for the independent practice of Oral Pathology  Reasonable experience in undergraduate and continued professional education in oral pathology by being able to develop appropriate learning objectives, to prepare and utilise a variety of suitable teaching methods (e.g. presentations and lectures) and to measure outcomes. Values  A loyal and ethically accountable disposition towards the profession, patients and community  The commitment to act consistently within levels of competence and professional norms  A commitment to a life of continuing professional development  A profound respect for truth and intellectual integrity, and for the ethics of scholarship  An acknowledgement of the importance of the interdisciplinary team approach in the delivery of appropriate oral and general healthcare services and respect for the other members of the health team  A willingness for involvement and service within the broad community by contributing effectively to improved health of patients and communities  That, as member of an interdisciplinary team of professionals responsible for individual and population health care, the oral pathologist will endeavour to ensure that laboratory practices and test selection are regularly evaluated to determine that they meet the needs of the community  A willingness to reinforce to the public and to the profession the essential contribution of laboratory medicine to health  An acknowledgment of the vital contribution of the allied health professions to comprehensive health care. Developmental Defects of the Oral and Maxillofacial Region Abnormalities of Teeth Dental Caries and Periodontal Diseases Pulpal and Periapical Disease Inflammatory Jaw Lesions Bacterial, Fungal Infections, Viral and Protozoal Diseases of the Oral Cavity and Adjacent Structures Physical and Chemical Injuries Allergies and Immunologic Diseases Mucosal Vesiculo-Bullous Diseases and Ulcerative Conditions White and Red-Blue Oral Mucosa Lesions Verrucal-Papillary Lesions Oral precancer and cancer Dermatological Diseases of the Oral Mucosa 241

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Pigmentations of Oral and Perioral Tissues Jaw Bone Pathology Metabolic and Genetic Jaw Diseases Cysts of the Oral Regions Odontogenic Tumours Non-odontogenic tumours of the jaws Salivary Gland Tumours and Diseases Soft Tissue Tumors and Connective Tissue Lesions Lymphoid Lesions and Haematological Disorders Oral Manifestations of Systemic Diseases Facial Pain and Neuromuscular Diseases Epidemiology and Prevention of Oral Diseases Diagnostic Surgical Histopathology and Cytopathology Histopathology techniques and laboratory procedures Molecular Pathology and Morphometry Recent Advances and Controversies in Oral Pathology Laboratory Management and the Place of Oral Pathology in Health Care. None None None Year 1 Contact with lecturers/tutors: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 150 hours Practicals: 200 hours Total learning time Year1: 500 hours Year 2 Contact with lecturers/tutors: 100 hours Assignments: 50 hours Tests & examinations: 14 hours Self-study: 186 hours Practicals: 250 hours Total learning time Year 2 600 hours Total Learning Time: 1100 hours Year 1: Continuous Structured Assessment:100% Year 2: Continuous Structured Assessment (a)Written Examinations: 30% (b)Appraisal of logbook and presentations portfolio: 10% (c)Interactive oral examination: 30% (d)Objective Structured Histopathology Examination*:30% A student must obtain a pass mark of 50 % in each section of the examination i.e. (a,b and c). *In section (d) the student will have a diagnostic practical examination of 15 histological sections. Not more than three(3) cases may be diagnosed incorrectly. Periodontics and Periodontal Aspects of Implantology Diagnostic Sciences Periodontics and Periodontal Aspects of Implantology Periodontics and Periodontal Aspects of Implantology PER812 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 242

Methods of Student Assessment

1 3 3

PER812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term

Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

MChD (OM&P) 9 At the end of this module the student should be able to: A. Periodontology  Describe all the features of a healthy periodontium  Examine the periodontium and diagnose periodontal disease  Describe treatment strategies for periodontal disease  Recognize the relationship between periodontal health and the success of prosthodontic treatment and vice versa  Recognize the influence of systemic conditions on periodontal health and their influence on perio/prostho treatment planning and treatment outcome. B. Periodontal aspects of Implantology  Describe the surgical protocol for different implant sites: healed sites, extraction sites, single and multiple implant sites  Discuss how those different clinical scenarios influence prosthodontic treatment planning  Identify clinical situations demanding tissue augmentation before, during or after implant placement  Describe the latest developments in peri-implant tissue management in the aesthetic zone, for new implants as well as for less than aesthetically satisfactory existing implants  Describe the peri-implant hard and soft tissue health maintenance protocol  Discuss the possibilities of “saving” the failing implant. A. Periodontology The anatomy and physiology of the periodontium - in health and disease Diagnosis and diagnostic techniques of periodontal diseases Classification (and controversies) of periodontal disease Periodontal disease – epidemiology, microbiology, immunology Medically compromised patients and periodontal disease Mechanical and chemical supragingival plaque control Systemic and topical anti-microbial treatment of periodontitis Supportive periodontal treatment: Occlusal therapy Crown and bridge and periodontology Furcation involvement Stabilisation of teeth The periodontal-restorative interface in fixed prosthodontics Occlusal periodontal trauma Surgical crown lengthening. Biological variables and aesthetic concerns Restoration of periodontically compromised teeth. B. Periodontal aspects of implantology Surgical protocol for healed and extraction sites Tissue augmentation Hard and soft tissue management for implant insertion in the aesthetic zone Peri-implant tissue health maintenance protocol Management of implant complications and the failing implant. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 hours 243

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments and tasks: 25 hours Tests & examinations: 10 hours Self study: 75 hours Total learning time: 150 hours Assignments (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Written examination (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Prosthodontics 1 Restorative Dentistry Prosthodontics Prosthodontics 1 PRS811 90 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to:  thoroughly discuss the principles of an optimal occlusion  restore an ideal complete posterior occlusion by means of occlusal waxing on study models mounted on an adjustable articulator  diagnose occlusal disease  perform all tooth preparations for indirect restorations to a high degree of accuracy  fabricate provisional single and multi-unit restorations, using different techniques and materials accurately following an anatomical wax-up  discuss all the laboratory procedures involved in the manufacturing of indirect fixed restorations  perform all clinical and laboratory procedures involved in the manufacturing of uncomplicated complete and partial denture cases  discuss the different implant-supported or implant-retained prostheses, diagnose prosthodontic complications, success or failure of existing implant-supported or implant-retained prostheses and propose remedial action for the failed implant prosthesis  examine, diagnose and propose treatment planning for craniomandibular cases  rehabilitate uncomplicated intra-oral and extra-oral maxillofacial defects with removable prostheses  perform root canal treatment to a high degree of accuracy, using hand and rotary instruments, perform retreatment of failed root canal therapy inclusive of the removal of foreign objects from root canals. The following topics will be covered: Laboratory techniques and procedures: Reproduction of the occlusion using the P K Thomas occlusal waxing technique The preparation of teeth for all the different indirect restorations The manufacturing of provisional crowns Demonstration of the fabrication of a metal ceramic crown, tinting and characterization of ceramics

PRS811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

244

Pre-requisites Co-requisites Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Demonstrations of the manufacturing of special trays (spaced/nonspaced), record rims, articulation of casts, set up of teeth in different occlusal patterns, processing of complete dentures including gumtinting. The use of semi-adjustable articulators. Jaw registration using central bearing point and alternatives. The natural dentition: Principles of optimal occlusion of the natural dentition Definition and diagnosis of the different stages of occlusal disease. Fixed Prosthodontics: Indirect restorations of non-reconstruction cases using a variety of different techniques and materials, including all ceramics, metal ceramics, gold, etc. Removable Prosthodontics: The different philosophies of complete denture occlusion; articulators; diagnostic dentures Removable partial dentures: types; design; support and retention principles. Implantology The servicing of existing successful or failing implant-supported or retained restorations or prostheses. Craniomandibular Disorders: Classification; diagnosis; treatment planning; bruxism; occlusal appliance therapy. Maxillofacial Prosthodontics: The restoration of intra-oral and extra-oral defects, which could include the manufacturing of implant-retained maxillofacial prostheses Impression techniques Duplicating and waxing up of facial structures Laboratory techniques supporting the clinical procedures The different materials in use for maxillofacial prosthetics. Endodontics: Morphology of root canals and pulp chambers Basic principles of root canal therapy (RCT): diagnosis of endodontic problems, different approaches to preparation, irrigation, obturation, chemical substances, medicaments and materials used during RCT. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor Seminar 3hrs/week Consultations prosthodontist 1hr/week TMJ 1hr/week Maxillofacial 1hr/week 210 hours Assignments and tasks Seminar 50hrs/yr Article review 10hrs/yr Case presentations 50hrs/yr 110 hours Practicals/clinical work 1st yr 12hrs/week 480 hours Self study 100 hours Total learning time: 900 hours Continuous assessment of preclinical and clinical coursework (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Continuous assessment of written assignments (50%). 245

A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Assessment of progress measured by logbook at year-end. PRS812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes Prosthodontics 2 Restorative Dentistry Prosthodontics Prosthodontics 2 PRS812 85 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to:  thoroughly discuss the principles guiding the prosthodontic protocol in the treatment planning and reconstruction of the different stages of occlusal disease  consult with related oral health professionals in the planning of a comprehensive treatment plan and co-ordinate the actions of the different role players in order to achieve the ideal end result for the patient  discuss when to use the possibilities of osseointegration to extend treatment modalities and long-term predictability  compose acceptable alternative treatment plans, when the ideal treatment plan cannot be performed  rehabilitate more complicated intra-oral and extra-oral maxillofacial defects with removable prostheses  discuss the properties, indications, advantages of dental materials used in prosthodontics  communicate successfully with patients regarding treatment planning, expectations, fears, fees, responsibilities regarding cooperation, aftercare and follow-up procedures. The following topics will be covered: The natural dentition Prosthodontic protocol in the treatment of occlusal disease. Fixed Prosthodontics Indirect restorations for reconstruction cases and the selection of the most appropriate materials and techniques (continued from Year 1). Removable Prosthodontics Anatomically and functionally challenging situations in the construction of complete dentures Immediate dentures, overdentures, temporary dentures The use of adjustable articulators in the fabrication of complete dentures The clinical application of different occlusal concepts The removable partial dentures (RPD) as part of the occlusal reconstruction Precision attachments: classification, indications, and their application for the RPD and overdenture Denture aesthetics. Implantology Case selection, treatment planning protocol and co-ordination of treatment for edentulous and partially edentulous patients and especially the management of new developments in the field of timing of implant placement and loading 246

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Osseointegration and occlusion Troubleshooting of failed implant restorations. Craniomandibular Disorders Classification; diagnosis; treatment planning; bruxism; occlusal appliance therapy The role of stress in the etiology and management of pain associated with craniomandibular disorders. Maxillofacial Prosthodontics The restoration of intra-oral and extra-oral defects, which could include the manufacturing of implant-retained maxillofacial prostheses (continued from Year 1) Modification of impression techniques: sectional impressions Sectional prostheses Speech therapy and the indications and fabrication of different speech appliances. Endodontics Microbiology and pathology of pulpitis and endodontic lesions Dental trauma including fracture, luxation, avulsion Internal and external resorption. Dental material science Impression materials Temporary and definitive cements Polymers, Ceramics and Alloys. Behavioural Science and Communications training Stress management Communication skills Lifeline counselling course Course in sculpture or line drawing. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: Seminar 3hrs/week Consultations prosthodontist 1hr/week TMJ 1hr/week Maxillofacial 1hr/week 210 hours Assignments and tasks: Seminar 50hrs/yr Article review 10hrs/yr Case presentations 50hrs/yr 80 hours Practicals/clinical work 1st yr : 12hrs/week 340 hours Self study: 220 hours Total learning time: 850 hours Continuous assessment of preclinical and clinical coursework (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Continuous assessment of written assignments (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Assessment of progress measured by logbook at year-end.

Methods of Student Assessment

247

PRS813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Prosthodontics 3 Restorative Dentistry Prosthodontics Prosthodontics 3 PRS813 100 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to:  demonstrate competence in the comprehensive planning and coordinating of treatment of periodontally, orthodontically and orthognatically compromised dentitions  demonstrate competence in the treatment of anatomically challenging edentulous patients  demonstrate competence in the treatment of partially edentulous patients with RPDs as part of the reconstruction of the dentition. The following topics will be covered: the reconstruction of advanced cases of acquired occlusal disease and developmental maloccusions including Angle dental class II and III dentitions the reconstruction of the occlusion after orthognathic surgery for the correction of skeletal misalignments the reconstruction of dentitions with a history of periodontal disease aesthetics in the reconstruction of edentulous areas with minor to advanced tissue defects with or without the use of dental implants and fixed or removable partial dentures new developments and principles guiding immediate and early loading of dental implants edentulous patients and all the different treatment modalities available using osseointegration advanced techniques in the manufacturing of RPDs rehabilitation of complex maxillofacial defects. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: Seminar Consultations prosthodontist TMJ Maxillofacial 200 hours Assignments and tasks: Seminar Article review Case presentations 100 hours Practicals/clinical work: 500 hours Self study: 200 hours Total learning time: 1000 hours Continuous assessment of preclinical and clinical coursework (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Continuous assessment of written assignments (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Progress assessment based on the completion of a logbook by yearend.

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

248

PRS814 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Prosthodontics 4 Restorative Dentistry Prosthodontics Prosthodontics 4 PRS814 80 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to:  rehabilitate and maintain the oral function, comfort, appearance and health of patients with clinical challenging conditions associated with missing or deficient teeth and/or oral and maxillofacial tissues using biocompatible substitutes. The following topics will be covered: new and actual developments in all aspects of prosthodontics using the knowledge of the previous years as a referral framework. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: Seminar Consultations prosthodontist TMJ Maxillofacial 100 hours Assignments and tasks: Seminar Article review Case presentations 80 hours Practicals/clinical work: 430 hours Self study: 180 hours Examination: 10 hours Total learning time: 800 hours Continuous assessment of preclinical and clinical coursework (20%) Continuous assessment of written assignments (20%) Summative assessment of complete logbook (10%) Clinical, oral, written examination (50%) Physiology for MFOS Department of Physiology, University of Stellenbosch Physiology Physiology for MFOS PSE811 15 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (MFOS) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of physiology  utilize information technology to access appropriate information 249

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

PSE811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

on physiology  describe, discuss and apply the knowledge of physiology. Cell physiology and biology Immunology Haematology Cardiovascular/circulation system Respiratory system Kidney and acid base balance Gastrointestinal/liver Endocrine/metabolism Central nervous system and muscle physiology None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 hours Assignments and tasks: 50 hours Self study: 90 hours Total learning time: 150 hours 1 Written paper. The pass mark for the paper is 50%. Moderating oral examination The pass mark for this module is 50%. Radiology Diagnostic Sciences Radiology Radiology RAD812 5 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Prosthodontics)) 9 On completion of this module the student must be able to  discuss the normal anatomy of the maxillofacial region including the anatomy of the temporo-mandibular joint as seen on CT & MRI  discuss the concepts of the panoramic image, cephalometric and implant radiography and digital imaging  apply the basic principles of diagnostic imaging in the interpretation of lesions of the maxillofacial region  recognize the more common abnormalities affecting the maxillofacial region as well as the signs and symptoms of important malignant lesions and present an acceptable differential diagnosis  write a radiological report of high standard. Principles of Diagnostic Imaging Concepts in understanding Pantomography Panoramic Anatomy Lesions at the apex of a tooth Cysts and Tumours of the jaws Important Systemic and Malignant lesions affecting the jaws TMJ Imaging Implant Radiology Important developments in Imaging Technologies

RAD812 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

250

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 10 hours Assignments and tasks: 10 hours Self study: 30 hours Total learning time: 50 hours Satisfactory attendance of seminars. The attendance of all seminars is compulsory. Attendance is monitored by an attendance list. Satisfactory completion of assignments (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Clinical examination (50%). A pass mark of 50% must be obtained. Research Methods Community Oral Health Research Methods Research Methods RMT811 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry); (MFOS); (OM&P); (Oral Pathology); (Orthodontics); (Prosthodontics) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to  Define a research problem, and describe the related aims & objectives  Write a preliminary literature review on a selected research topic  Prepare a viable research protocol  Present the research protocol to Faculty. The module content will include how to: Define research problems, aims and objectives Write a literature review Prepare a research protocol Do a protocol presentation None None None Contact time (seminars): 40 hours Supervisor time: 40 hours Searching, reading & writing tasks: 100 hours Presentation: 20 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Aims & objectives (formative) Literature review: 25% Design & Methodology: 25% Final Protocol: 30% Presentation: 20% Measuring Health & Disease 2 – Intermediate Epidemiology School of Public Health, UWC Intermediate Epidemiology Measuring Health & Disease 2 – Intermediate Epidemiology SPH713

RMT811 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

SPH713 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code

251

Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Critically read and review the epidemiological literature  Define and measure health and illness events in communities  Assess the quality and relevance of data used to describe community health and illness  Apply descriptive epidemiology concepts and principles to public health policy and practice  Select & apply appropriate indicators to measure health and ill health  Use EpiInfo 2000 to analyse and interpret raw epidemiological data  Interpret and report an epidemiological event. Epidemiological principles and practice Sources of data, access, reliability and validity, screening, surveillance Types and design of analytic research studies Association, causation, reliability, validity and confounding in epidemiologic research Natural history of disease, transmission and measurement implications The critical appraisal of epidemiology research publications and reports Communication and application: Data summary, presentation and priorities for reporting analytic data (including use of computers for analysis and presentation) The role of epidemiology for policy, programme planning, management None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Health Management 2 School of Public Health, UWC Health Management Health Management 2 SPH714 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to: Identify management roles and activities Discuss, compare, evaluate, apply models and theories of management 252

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

SPH714 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Use theories and strategies of leadership to strengthen personal leadership skills Plan a change process Describe common problems associated with health information systems Interpret how the budget for a facility has been allocated and spent Evaluate a budget allocation using various indicators Explain the advantages of rational drug use Evaluate strategies for improving drug use in developing countries Identify common problems in human resource management in the health sector Apply theories of motivation to his/her own context Explain the value of job descriptions and design Develop a supervision plan. Towards effective management Managing for change Planning for change Managing people Managing resources Health risk behaviour None None None Contact time: 20 hours Assignments & tasks: 90 hours Self-study: 90 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Managing Human Resources for Health School of Public Health, UWC Managing Human Resources for Health Managing Human Resources for Health SPH727 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Discuss key aspects of human resource management  Describe the role of HRD in the health sector  Analyse how policy impacts on HR Management  Conduct an assessment of HR in his/her organisation  Identify the roles a manager plays in an organisation  Diagnose leadership requirements in health sector transformation  Assess and improve team performance  Apply two of the key theories on staff motivation  Define and apply strategies to address conflict  Explain the concept and purpose of staffing norms  Prepare and implement an interview process  Develop an induction programme for new staff  Explain and apply the key concepts and mechanisms of the South 253

SPH727 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

African Skills Development Strategy Design and implement training needs assessments Explain how a developmental approach to supervision differs from traditional approaches  Assess a performance management strategy Human resource management in context Being a human resource manager Managing people Key challenges in human resource management None None None Contact time: 20 hours Assignments & tasks: 90 hours Self-study: 90 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative)   Measuring Health & Disease 3 - Advanced Epidemiology School of Public Health, UWC Advanced Epidemiology Measuring Health & Disease 3 - Advanced Epidemiology SPH813 20 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  Apply advanced epidemiological concepts and principles to public health practice  Evaluate the design merits of common types of epidemiological research studies  Define association, causation and confounding in the context of epidemiological research  Carry out an epidemiological outbreak investigation  Apply the principles of evidenced-based health policy and practice  Describe health data using intermediate biostatistics and statistical computing techniques  Define the basic elements of a research proposal and research report. Advanced epidemiological principles and practice for the New Public Health Types and design of analytic and experimental research studies Association, causation and causal theory as they apply to epidemiological research Reliability, validity and confounding in epidemiological research Infectious disease outbreak investigation Systematic review, meta-analysis and evidenced-based policy and practice Intermediate statistics, including measures of association, statistical testing, sample size and power, and standardised rates 254

SPH813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Statistical computing using Epi Info and other programmes Review research proposal writing and reporting with application to programme management None None None Contact time: 100 hours Assignments & tasks: 50 hours Self-study: 50 hours Total learning time: 200 hours Two assignments 50% each Learning activities indicated in course manual (formative) Epidemiology & Biostatistics Community Health, Faculty of Health Sciences, University of Stellenbosch Epidemiology & Biostatistics Epidemiology & Biostatistics SPH813 (Alternate) 120 Y (over two years) Semester 1 & 2 MChD (Community Dentistry) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  explain the etiology of health conditions  determine if health related data are consistent with hypotheses and current biomedical knowledge  provide a basis for developing control measures and prevention procedures for populations at risk  critique the scientific validity of published research  demonstrate knowledge and integration of key concepts in epidemiology  evaluate factors determining the frequency and distribution of health related events  evaluate studies of health systems  discuss the role and functions of statistics and statisticians in epidemiological health research  use basic descriptive and inferential statistical methods to summarise and interpret bio-medical research data. Epidemiology: Basic tools of epidemiology (e.g. rates, ratios, proportions, morbidity, mortality) Influence of demographics and population dynamics on disease and health Evaluation of health research and research designs Screening and surveillance Sampling Bias in research design Epidemiology of infective diseases (outbreaks) Ethics of epidemiological research Epidemiology research proposals and reports Biostatistics: Descriptive statistics 255

SPH813 (Alternate) Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Measures of location Measures of variability Organization of multivariate data Probability Sampling distributions Confidence intervals Hypothesis testing and statistical inference Simple linear regression and correlation Paired and pooled t-tests Non-parametric and distribution-free statistics Analysis of variance Sampling and sampling sizes None None None Contact time: 150 hours Assignments & tasks: 400 hours Self-study: 600 hours Tests & exams: 50 hours Total learning time: 1200 hours Two or three class tests 25% Three 3-hour examinations 75% Oral examination Modifier In class learning activities in course manual (formative) Principles of General Surgery Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Principles of General Surgery Principles of General Surgery SUR812, 813 40 Y Semester 1 & 2 MChD (MFOS) 9 On completion of the module, the student will be able to:  critically discuss the literature pertaining to the field of the principles of general surgery, especially in Intensive Care, Neurosurgery and Plastic Surgery  utilize information technology to access appropriate information on the principles of general surgery, especially in Intensive Care, Neurosurgery and Plastic Surgery  examine, diagnose and manage the surgical patient  manage the intensive care patient. Intensive care Pre-operative and post-operative care Post-operative pain relief Ventilation/mechanical ventilation Advanced CPR Dysrhythmia, heart failure Fluid therapy, electrolyte disturbances Blood transfusions and coagulation problems Feeding (intraparental and extraparental) DM 256

SUR812, 813 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes

Main Content

Steroids Post-operative fever Shock and multiple organ failure Aspiration and respiratory emergency syndrome Fat embolism Acute kidney failure Liver failure and jaundice DVT and Pulmonary embolism Stress ulcer Infections, infection control and management Intensive care medications Endocrine crises Plastic Surgery Principles of wound management Burn wounds Principles of wound covering Wound healing Maxillo-Facial and Oral Surgery Diagnosis and emergency management of facial fractures Management of head and neck infections Management of head and neck gunshot wounds Ear-, Nose- and Throat Surgery Vertigo Acute sinusitis Otitis external and media Epistaxis ENT trauma Tracheostomy Upper respiratory obstruction Neuro Surgery Head injuries Delirium, coma and brain death Intra-cranial infections Spinal cord injuries and compression Orthopaedic Surgery Fractures and dislocations Spinal injuries Plegic patient management Injuries of the hand Sepsis Paediatric Surgery Pre-operative management of children CPR Moisture balance Electrolytes Trauma Cardio-Thoracic Surgery Trauma Pneumo/haemothorax Sepsis General Surgery Trauma Sepsis Vascular Trauma Ophthalmology Trauma Sepsis 257

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of Student Assessment

Urology Trauma Sepsis Urine obstruction. Organ transplantation. None None None Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 hours Assignments and tasks: 50 hours Self study: 100 hours Practicals/clinical work: 230 hours Total learning time: 400 hours 2 Written papers (33.3% each). The pass mark for each paper is 50%. Oral examination (33.3%). Pass mark 50%. The pass mark for this module is 50%.

Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) DNT901 Home Department Module Topic Generic Module Name Alpha-Numeric Code Credit Value Duration Proposed Semester/ Term Programmes in which the module will be offered Level Main Outcomes PhD (Full Thesis) Department of the field of study, Dental Faculty PhD (Full Thesis) PhD (Full Thesis) DNT901 240 Y+Y Semester 1 & 2 PhD (Full Thesis) 10 On completion of the programme, the student will have made a substantial original contribution to knowledge in the field of oral health. To achieve this, the student may EITHER:  Propose a research question with the potential to make a substantial original contribution to oral health  Prepare, present and register a viable research protocol in the Faculty of Dentistry  Carry out and report on this research in a 60 000 – 100 000 word dissertation. OR the student may:  Propose a set of research questions or theme that represents a substantial independent and original contribution to oral health research already published by the student.  Prepare a portfolio incorporating these publications in a coherently argued dissertation. The primary task is to design, implement and report on original oral health research. Research topics may derive from any area of oral health but may also extend across other disciplines or fields that impact upon the research question being addressed. Other activities may include personal skills development to support the research activity, grant writing, the search and review of existing evidence, data collection and analysis, consultation with advisors and preparation of an accurate and reader-friendly report.

Main Content

258

Pre-requisite Modules Co-requisite Modules Prohibited Module Combination Breakdown of Learning Time

Methods of student assessment

MSc, MCHD or equivalent None None Contact time/Supervisor time: Self-study: Total learning time: Examination of thesis A pass mark must be awarded by all 3 examiners (Internal Examiner and 2 External Examiners)

200 hours 2200 hours 2400 hours 100%

259

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful